Mississippi High School Activities Association (MHSAA)

Employees Retirement System to coach . The individual must keep safety/first aid and CPR updated. The job description and compensation of this position will be determined by the local school system. For a retired teacher to be hired as a head coach, the local school system must document to the MHSAA that a thorough search has been made to hire a full- time certified employee. NOTE: Compensation for retired teachers must conform to the rules of the Mississippi Public Employees Retirement System. 5.4.3 Student teachers serving as an intern in a practicum for credit in a state college or university shall be allowed to serve as an assistant coach . Individuals completing observation hours prior to student teaching must complete para - professional steps . The student shall not be allowed to serve as a head coach at any level of play in any sport, and he/she shall always be under the direct supervision of a faculty coach. The student shall meet with the school principal to receive his/her approved coaching assignment(s). 5.4. 4 An off -site coach or non -certified district personnel (paraprofessional) can be the head coach in tennis, golf, soccer, volleyball, cross -country, track, powerlifting, archery, bowling, cheer/dance, swimming, flag football, and E- sports or an assistant coach in any sport or sport activity. 52 5.4 .5 Steps in preparing the paraprofessional for their coaching position: 1. At the school level, you must by law have a background check through the school. Once the individual is cleared through the background check, then the following steps below need to be followed: 2. The individual must acquire permission from the principal or athletic director of the school. 3. The individual must take the two following courses to be a paraprofessional at the MHSAA level: Fundamentals of Coaching ( www.nfhslearn.com ) $75.00 and Safety/First Aid (www.nfhslearn.com ) $50.00. Must be American Red Cross course . 4. A hands -on CPR training (local schools) – this does not replace Safety/First Aid course. 5. Concussions in Sports (free) online at www.nfhslearn.com and Sportsmanship (free) online at www.nfhslearn.com and Heat Illness (free) online, www.nfhslearn.com . 6. After compl etion of these courses, the certificate of completion must be printed from the website. A copy must be sent to the MHSAA to accompany the individuals name to show proof of their eligibility. (In lieu of the Fundamentals of Coaching and Safety/First Aid modules, the individual will have to show proof from a college transcript/and course description that the individual has taken these courses through a college within the last two years and course(s) must be approved. 7. Once the individual has acquired permission and taken the above courses, the principal or athletic director must submit in writing (email or letter) to the MHSAA the names of the individual(s) and the sport he/she will be assisting and if they are an assistant or head coach. 8. All paraprofessional coaches must be approved for hire by their local school board . 9. Parap rofessional certification will be reviewed by the MHSAA. Paraprofessionals must be listed in DragonFly and be in compliance. 10. Paraprofessionals must recertify every 5 years on the Safety/First Aid course. The date starts from the completion of the last certification date of the Safety/First Aid course. Must be an American Red Cross course. 11. Cheer paraprofessionals , whether head or assistant must complete the “Cheer and Dance Safety” (formerly AACCA) $85.00 at www.nfhslearn.com in addition to the steps listed above. This course is renewed every 4 years. 12. Archery paraprofessionals will complete the required course from the Mississippi Wildlife Department. 13. Paraprofessionals cannot be the head coach at any level in the following sports: Football, Basketball, Fast Pitch Softball or Baseball. 53

2.1 The purpose of this organization is to promote the general welfare of member schools in their relations with each other. This is accomplished through: 1. Planning, directing, and controlling contests, games and other inter -scholastic activities. 2. Defining and assigning responsibility. 3. Elevating the standards of sportsmanship by seeking to strengthen the moral fiber of all concerned. 4. Developing a higher standard of schol arship and encouraging pride in scholastic achievement. 5. Encouraging the formation and promotion of noncompetitive activities, which contribute to molding values in character development as part of a well -rounded extracurricular program. 2.2 No part of the net earnings of the Association shall insure to the benefit of, or be distributed to its members, trustees, officers, or other private persons, except that the Association shall be authorized and empowered to pay reasonable compensation for services rendered and to make payment and distributions in furtherance of the purposes set forth in the Article. The Association shall not carry on any activities not permitted (a) by an association exempt from federal income tax under section 501(c ) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the corresponding 2 section of any future federal tax code, or (b) by an association, contribution to which are deductible under section 170(c ) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the corresponding section of any future federal tax code. 2.3 Member schools are prohibited from hosting or participating in any interscholastic event at any facility that practices discrimination.

2.17.1 Credits/C arnegie units earned by a student in an accredited summer school shall be considered in determining his/her scholastic eligibility. Only one credit per year may be used for eligibility . Course must be completed and recorded in the counselor ’s office on or before the first day of the school year.

2.2.1 Eligibility rules shall apply to all students participating in int erscholastic athletic competition in all activities/athletics at all level s of play, including middle sc hools (grades 7 -12). 2.2.2 An ineligible student shall not dress out in uniform for any games or contests. Ineligible students shall not be allowed to participat e in any MHSAA sanctioned event. 2.2.3 It is a school’s responsibility to educate student -athletes, parents, coaches, and other appropriate persons on MHSAA rules, including eligibility rules that affect them. Additionally, a school is required to monitor its compliance with all MHSAA c onstitutional rules and by -laws , including MHSAA rules governing sports and activities and NFHS rules governing the same. 2.2.4 The school shall maintain information on each student -athlete in a place to be determined by the principal. A school failing to adhere to all required rules and/or failing to have all required eligibility forms properly completed, signed, and maintained shall be subject to a penalty. The following eligibility documents are required : 17 1. Legal proof of birth 2. Current Medical Examination Form 3. Completed and properly signed Student Participation Clearance Form 4. Recommend a completed and properly signed Substance Abuse/Misuse Contract 5. Official copy of grades readily available 6. An official copy of the student’s transcript

2.26.1 In school districts having no accredited high school , students shall be eligible in the school to which transportation is furnished and tuition paid .

2.3.1 If the eligibility of a player is questioned, the principal shall have the right to ask the Executive Director for a ruling on the player’s eligibility. All information shall be true and accurate. 2.3.2 A principal may request for an eligibility ruling on a player from his/her own school or from another school. 1. All official requests for eligibility rulings shall be in writing and signed by the principal. 2. Official requests shall only be accepted by U.S. mail, email , or hand delivery. 3. The Executive Director shall issue an official ruling in writing. 4. Unwritten rul ings or opinions are non -binding on the Executive Director of the Association. 2.3.3 Once a principal officially requests an eligibility ruling on a student from his/her school , the student shall be ineligible for interscholastic participation at all levels in all MHSAA activities until he/she is ruled eligible by the Executive Director.

indicted for a felony not be allowed to participate in interscholastic sports/activities during the time of indictment and/or conviction.

2.36.1 In the event an MHSAA member school closes, discontinues all interscholastic competition, or is suspended from membership in the MHSAA, all students who have been in attendance at the MHSAA member school for the preceding calendar year shall be eligible at another MHSAA member school of which they are a bona fide resident. 2.36.2 When a school is closed and legally merges with another member school, all students who have been in attendance at the school that closes for at least one calendar year shall be immediately eligible at the latter school. If the consolidation of two or more schools occurs after the first year of a two year reclassification period, because of the two -year contract scheduled with football, the consolidation of schools will participate as an Independent in football during the second year of the reclassification period. All other sports/activities will be considered for placement in the new classification and region. If scheduling is possible, the school will be allowed to participate for championships in these sports and activities. (Addendum: Includes the sport of football (06 - 29 14- 18). The newly formed consolidated school will resume the schedule(s) of the highest classified school that was merged.

sports /activities . Boys and girls shall meet the same eligibility requirements to compete in interscholastic athletic and activity events.

none that would render the student more proficient in any sponsored activity of the MHSAA. 2.5.7 Students who participate in summer college academic programs may not take a course that could make them more proficient in a sponsored high school activity than a student not enrolled in the course. An example of this restriction is a student could not take a summer college course in debate or public speaking if he/she plans to participate in th is activity. 2.5. 8 A student shall not represent two member schools (practices or games) in the same sport during a season.

2.8.1 Prior to tryouts or practices in the season in which he/she participates, each student shall pass a medical examination administered annually by a licensed physician, a licensed nurse practitioner who is in collaboration with a licensed physician, and/or a licensed physician’s assistant under the superv ision of a licensed physician. T he medical examination shall be valid for one calendar year. Physicals on or after April 1 shall be valid for the entirety of the following school year. 2.8.2 The following penalties will be imposed for failure by a student(s) to take and pass a medical examination: 20 1. If a student(s) has failed to take and pass the required annual medical exam, the student(s) shall be ruled ineligible, and the school shall be penalized . 2. A student(s) shall be withheld from practices and further interscholastic participation until he/she has passed the required medical examination, and written documentation is provided to the Executive Director. 2.8.3 A copy of the physical for m for athletes, cheerleaders and dance squad members shall be on file at the school. 2.8.4 It is strongly recommended that band students have annual physicals. 2.8. 5 It is recommended that students who participate in interscholastic competition be adequately insured for all accidents, injuries, emergencies, and medical aid is immediately available at all contests . 2 .9 ABUSE AND/OR MISUSE OF ILLEGAL SUBSTANCES The MHSAA recommends that each member school develop and implement a substance abuse/misuse policy , including procedures for chemical testing of student -athletes.

3.1.1 Secondary schools accredited by the State Department of Education of Mississippi or the Southern Association for Colleges and Schools (AdvancED) are eligible for membership in the MHSAA. 3.1.2 Withdrawa l of Accreditation. The following conditions, as stated in the Mississippi Public Schools Accountability Standards, will become effective one (1) calendar year following the Withdrawal of Accreditation by the Commission on School Accreditation and the State Board of Education. The withdrawal of a school district’s accreditation by the Commission on School Accreditation will result in the following: A school or schools within a district shall be limited to participation in no more than fifty percent (50%) of the regular season of any interscholastic activity, which shall include division/district/regional games. The interscholastic season schedule for a school or schools within a district shall not include the opening day of season or any type of post season participation, as determined by the Office of Accreditation, and cheerleading, drill and dance squads, spee ch and debate choral music and band m ay participate in district or state contest but shall not be eligible to receive ratings. All schedule requests must be submitted in writing to the Mississippi Department of Education, Office of Accreditation, at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of the season. The Office of Accreditation shall pre -approve all schedules and participation in interscholastic activities. In addition to the suspension of all post -season activities, the school district shall not be allowed to participate in jamborees, special games, parades, tournaments, holiday tournaments, or competitions of any nature. Failure to comply with these requirements will result in the suspension of ALL interscholastic activities, by the MS Department of Education. Failure of a district to have its accreditation reinstated by the Commission on School Accreditation after a period of two (2) calendar years from the date of the withdrawal of accreditation shall result in the immediate suspension of ALL interscholastic a ctivities until the district’s accreditation status is reinstated. NOTE: Interscholastic activities include, but are not limited to football, basketball, baseball, track and field, cross country, tennis, golf, volleyball, fast pitch softball, soccer, wrestling, swimming, 3 powerlifting, bowling, archery, flag football, cheerleading, drill and dance squads, speech and debate, choral music, band, Esports. 3.1. 3 Membership by an individual school in Mississippi High School Activities Association, Inc. includes membership in the appropriate district of the State Association, but in no way releases the school from its obligation to pay a district membership fee whe n such a fee is assessed by the vote of member schools of the district. 3.1. 4 The principal or his/her designee will be the voting member for an individual school. In matters pertaining to athletics or activities of a school, the principal is responsible to the Association. All official relations shall be through the principal. The member school principal shall be officially recognized by the MHSAA as the person registered with the Association on the annual membership renewal fo rm submitted to the Association by August 15 th of each year. 3.1. 5 By completing and returning the annual membership form, the principal binds himself/herself and the members of his/her faculty to familiarize themselves with the Constitution and regulations of the Association; to instruct the student body and the public i n them, especially those students who are candidates for interscholastic activities; to keep on file detailed scholastic, athletic and attendance records of all students; to forward promptly to the Executive Director all eligibility lists, reports, and rec ords required; and to enforce the provisions of this Constitution within his/her school. 3.1. 6 When an agricultural high school is located in the territory of a consolidated school, the separate district may hold a joint membership in the Mississippi High School Activities Association, Inc., provided an application shall be approved by a resolution of the governing boards regarding the eligibility of contestants in the combined schools. Only students who reside in the taxing district of the consolidated or separate district shall be eligible for interschool competition in this combined unit except a s provided in the eligibility regulations, of the By -laws of the Mississippi High School Activities Association, Incorporated. 3.1. 7 The district of an MHSAA member private, parochial or charter school will be a boundary of twenty (20) mile radius from the actual location of the school. The district can only contain territory in Mississippi.

5.1.1 Principals, coaches, other faculty mem bers, students, and spectators are expected to exemplify the highest principles of sportsmanship and ethics of competition in all interscholastic athletic relationships , at all times. 5.1. 2 The principal and his/her designee of each school involved in an athletic contest/event shall be responsible for: 1. The conduct of school officials representing his/her school. 2. The conduct of his/her team personnel competing. 3. Supervising the conduct of the spectators connected with his/her school attending an athletic contest/event. 4. The sports medicine aspects of competition as it relates to his/her team.

5.5.1 The penalties for a school in violation of the coaches’ and/or school supervision rule during the playing of a contest(s): 1. The school may be placed on disciplinary probation not to exceed one calendar year. 2. The school shall be fined not to exceed $ 2,500.00 for the violation of allowing one illegal individual to serve as a coach and an additional $ 1,000.00 for allowing two or more illegal individuals to serve as coaches in a sport. 3. For subsequent violations during a school year, the school shall be fined not to exceed $5 ,000. 4. For a violation of the school supervision rule in a sport the school shall be fined not to exceed $2,500.00 and for subsequent violations during a school year, the school shall be fined not to exceed $ 5,000.00 . 5. The coach(es) in violation shall be prohibited from performing coachi ng duties at all levels in all MHSAA sports at all MHSAA schools for one calendar year from the date the penalty ruling is Issued. 6 . Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 5.6 RULES CLINIC The head coach of a school’s sport must attend a MHSAA administered rules clinic in that sport during the Mississippi Association of Coaches All Sports Clinic or take the rules clinic in that sport online . The online rules clinic will be on the MHSAA website prior to each sport season. Coaches attending the MAC All Sports clinic shall be required to complete an attendance card at the conclusion of the clinic. A head coach failing to attend the rules clinic or completing the online rules clinic shall not be allowed to coach an interscholastic contest until he/she completes the required clinic and shall be assessed a $50 .00 late charge.

7.1.1 A member school shall be prohibited from participating in any interscholastic athletic event that is not sanctioned by the MHSAA. 7.1.2 Two or more member schools shall not unite to compete in an interscholastic athletic event. 7.1.3 MHSAA member schools’ athletes shall not compete against the following teams: 1. High schools that do not meet the stipulations cited in 7.1.1 and 7 .3.1. 2. Independent teams 3. Recreation teams 4. Club teams 5. Junior college or community college teams 6. Four- year college or university teams 7. Individuals that compete “unattached” in high school events 8. Professional or semi -professional teams 9. Home schooled teams or individual students , Exception: Home schooled teams approved by The NFHS 7.1.4 MHSAA schools shall not compete against high schools from foreign countries unless the event is approved by the Executive Committee. 7.1.5 Member schools shall not host or participate in an interscholastic athletic event at a facility that practices discrimination in the event. 7.1.6 Once a contest has started, it shall be played to completion, under the applicable playing rules of the sport and be considered an official contest and the results shall be final . If a school (coach) believes that an MHSAA rule has been vio lated, the school (coach) must notify the offic ial in charge of the contest at the point the violation is discovered and report the possible violation . The protest must be brought to the attention of the lead official by the offended team at the time of the play and before the next live ball, or before the officials leave the field/court if the play in question is the last play of the game. The lead official shall then inform the coach of the opposing team of the protest. The Executive Director shall investigate the alleged violation and shall rule whether the contest is official or shall be replayed. If the contest is replayed , the game should be picked up where it was left off as the result of the rules infraction. If schools play an athletic contest on a court, field, track, track infield, or other facility that is not regul ation, legally marked, or is in p oor playing condition, the result of the contest shall stand. 7.1.7 Athletic Contracts: The MHSAA office and Executive Committee recommends that all schools have a contract in all sports. If no written contract is available, the schedule submitted t hrough DragonFly will serve as a basic contract. The school that is responsible for canceling a contest will pay the other school $ 500.00 if cancelled prior to 24 hours before the contest or $5 00.00 plus the cost of officials if cancelled less than 24 hours before the contest. Games scheduled between two member schools in good standing may be cancelled by one of the following methods : 59 1. By mutual consent of the two schools 2. By authority of the State Executive Committee 3. By the payment of the cancellation sum set up in the contract 7.2 FORFEITURE OF GAME(S): 7.2.1 If a school voluntarily forfeits two or more scheduled games in one sport, the school shall be fined and will be unable to participate in playoffs for the next season. 1. The school responsible for forfeiting a contest shall pay the other school $ 500.00 if cancelled prior to 24 hours prior to the contest. 2. If the contest is cancelled with less than 24 hours’ notice , the school responsible for cancelling shall pay the other school $ 500.00 plus the cost of the officials . 3. If a contest is forfeited after qualifying for the playoffs, the school forfeiting shall pay the host school $500.00 and shall not be able to participate in that sport the next season. 4. Beginning with the 2022 -2023 school year, schools opting out of District or Regional meets will pay entry fees to the host school and fined by the MHSAA.

The MHSAA is committed to encouraging and promoting good sportsmanship/citizenship in all levels of activities and interscholastic competition. We feel a responsibility in promoting a positive atmosphere during every event within the activities associatio n. Some groups and organizations have taken it upon themselves to “initiate” newcomers and sometimes these celebrations can become abusive. Each individual plays an important role in making every event as safe as possible. Hazing can be defined as any act or ceremony which can create the risk of harm to a student as a form of initiation into a particular club or activity. Hazing includes activities that involve the risk of physical harm, whipping, branding, ingesting vile s ubstances, sleep deprivation, over -exposure to heat or cold, restraint, nudity or kidnapping, i.e. Hazing or harassment by any name is wrong. Anyone who witnesses or hears about a form of harassment should report it. Allegations of harassment may be the result of words, physical contact, email, or other unwelcome verbal or non -verbal communication. 70 It is the responsibility of school administration including the athletic staff, sponsors, and teachers to report any form of hazing/harassment and to deal with the problem on the local level. The state association office should only be contacted if an inc ident takes place during an MHSAA activity. Taking control in schools by establishing an anti -hazing policy that is explained and enforced is recommended. Students need a way to safely report incidents of hazing to the school guidance counselor and/or ot her administrative personnel. Should an incident be reported to the MHSAA office, please refer to the 2026 -2027 MHSAA Handbook, Section 4: Penalty Code, item 4.10.11. 71 SECTION 8 : MEDIA POLICY

1.1 The name of the Association is the Mississippi High School Activities Association, Incorporated. 1.2 The State Association is incorporated under the laws of the State of Mississippi as a voluntary nonprofit organization and has the authority to acquire, purchase, lease, accept by donation or otherwise, property – real, personal and mixed, to control and manage the same, with members of the State Executive Committee being Ex -Officio trustees for said property. 1.3 The Association consists of the eligible schools of Mississippi holding membership in district units. The district units function through their executive committees, and the State Association functions through the State Executive Committee. 1.4 The MHSAA is a member in good standing of the National Federation of State High School Associations (NFHS). Member schools must abide by the rules of the NFHS and/or the MHSAA. 1.5 The principal place of business and the principal office of the Association is located in Clinton, Mississippi.

Clinton, MS 39056 601-924-6400 Web: misshsaa.com Twitter: @misshsaa Facebook: facebook.com/misshsaa FOREWORD ................................ ................................ ................................ .............................. i MHSAA MISSION STATEMENT ................................ ................................ ................................ . ii NFHS MISSION STATEMENT ................................ ................................ ................................ .............. ii MHSAA NON -DISCRIMINATION POLICY ................................ ................................ ............................ ii PART I: CONSTITUTION ................................ ................................ ................................ ........... 1 ARTICLE 1: NAME ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................. 1 ARTICLE 2: PURPOSE ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 1 ARTICLE 3: MEMBERSHIP ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 2 ARTICLE 4: GOVERNANCE ................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 3 ARTICLE 6: ACTIVITY DISTRICTS ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 8 ARTICLE 7: ADVISORY COMMITTEES ................................ ................................ ............................... 11 ARTICLE 8: CLASSIFICATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 12 PART II: BY -LAWS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 16 SECTION 1: RESPONSIBILITY ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 16 SECTION 2: ELIGIBILITY ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 16 SECTION 3: RECRUITING ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 32 SECTION 4: PENALTY CODE ................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 36 SECTION 5: ADMINISTRATION/SPORTSMANSHIP/COACHING/SUPERVISION ................................ .. 49 SECTION 6: SPORTS SEASONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 54 SECTION 7: ATHLETIC CONTESTS ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 58 SECTION 8: MEDIA POLICY ................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 71 HISTORICAL NOTES ................................ ................................ ................................ ............... 74 MAGNOLIA STATE HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATION ................................ ............................ 76 MERGER OF FORMER ASSOCIATIONS TO FORM THE EXISTING ASSOCIATION ................................ . 77 EXECUTIVE SECRETARIES AND DIRECTORS OF ACTIVITIES ................................ ............................... 77 MERGER PLAN OF MAGNOLIA STATE HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATION AND ...................... 78 MISSISSIPPI HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATION, INC. ................................ ............................. 78 ORGANIZATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 78 II. MEMBERSHIP ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 79 III. MERGER OF ASSETS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 79 IV. AMINISTRATORS AND OTHER EMPLOYEES ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 79 V. INITIAL ELECTIONS OF STATE COUNCIL, EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, PRESIDENT, ADVISORY COMMITTEES AND DISTRICT OFFICERS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 79 VI. ATHLETIC OFFICIALS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 80 2026-2027 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE ................................ ................................ ....................... 81 2026-2027 LEGISLATIVE BODY ................................ ................................ ............................... 82 2026-2027 DISTRICT SECRETARIES ................................ ................................ ......................... 83 i FOREWORD The Mississippi High School Activities Association (MHSAA), Inc. is a private, voluntary nonprofit organization for public, private and parochial secondary schools that choose to join and participate in the organization. The MHSAA is a self -supporting or ganization that does not rely on taxpayer dollars from any agency of the state or federal government. The MHSAA is a member in good standing with the National Federation of High Schools (NFHS). The primary function of the association is to provide leadership and coordination of interscholastic activities for its member schools. Most public- school districts throughout the state and several non -public parochial and private schools throughout the state have chosen to join the MHSAA on an annual basis and have agreed voluntarily to enforce the rules and regulations of the association. Schools adopt t he rules and interpretations of this Handbook as their own, agree to abide by the rules, and are responsible for its enforcement. The legislative body of the MHSAA is the Executive Committee ( 15- member board) and the Legislative Council (41- member board). These school representatives develop the rules and regulations that tend to promote fairness in competition for the student athletes and maintain a balance with the other educational programs and activities of member schools. These committ ees continue to be responsive to school proposals and actively solicit input from the membership body to insure fairness and equity throughout the entire organization. This Handbook is provided as a service to the member schools and constituents of the MHSAA. These rules are constantly under review by the Executive Committee and Legislative Council of the MHSAA, and by its member schools. The rules may be revised, dele ted, and added. The official document of record will be the electronic version of the Handbook posted on the MHSAA website www.misshsaa.com . The official 202 6-2027 MHSAA Handbook is published online, so school administrators are encouraged to reproduce this publication and make hard copies available to those responsible for conducting the various programs in their schools. Changes for the 202 6-27 school year are highlighted. July 1, 202 6 Chad Harrison , President Mississippi High School Activities Association ii MHSAA MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Mississippi High School Activities Association is to serve its member schools by providing leadership and coordination of interscholastic activities which will enhance the educational experiences of secondary students and reduce risks of their participation. The MHSAA will promote participation and sportsmanship to develop good citizens through interscholastic activities which provide equitable opportunities, positive recognition and learning experiences to students while maximizing the achievement of educational goals. The MHSAA is a member of the National Federation of State High School Associations (NFHS), which consists of the 50 individual state high school athletic and/or activities associations and the association of the District of Columbia and nine Canadian organ izations. These associations have united to secure the benefits of cooperative action and increased efficiency through the coordinating of ideas of all who are engaged in high school athletic and activities programs. NFHS MISSION STATEMENT The National Federation of State High School Associations (NFHS) serves its members by providing leadership for the administration of education -based high school athletics and activities through the writing of playing rules that emphasize health and safety, educational programs that develop leaders, and administrative support to increase participation opportunities and promote sportsmanship . MHSAA NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY It is the policy of Mississippi High School Activities Association, Inc. not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, gender, national origin, age or disability in its educational programs, activities, or employment practices. This will be done in accordance with applicable provisions of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the American Disabilities Act of 1991, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, and all other applicable laws, regulations and ordinances. 1 PART I: CONSTITUTION

4 x 100 Meter Relay (girls) Pole Vault (girls) 4 x 100 Meter Relay ( boys ) No variation shall be allowed from this order of events. 4 00 Meter Dash (girls) * Boys for 2027 2025 – 2027 Track Regions Regio ns are located on the MHSAA web site. NOTE : The term “Divisions” will no longer be used. Track Entry and Qualifying Information / Instructions Entry Fees: Region: As determined by host school ($300.0 max per school) Super Region, North/South and State : $10.00 per athlete Admission for Super Region & North/South: $10. 00; Admission for State Meets: $15.00 (All day pass, no re -entry) It is mandatory that spikes on all track shoes be no longer than 3/16 inch at all sites of the North/South and State meets. REGION MEETS : 1A,2A,3A & 4A Region Meets will be held a week earlier than 5A,6A & 7A Region Meets . All entries for Region meets will be done on- line at http://ms.milesplit.com/ , For help with online registration and/or claiming your team go to http://milesplit.com/pages/Online_Meet_Reg_Instructions . To enter your team: Step 1: Log on to http://ms.milesplit.com/ and login to your account. Step 2: Click Calendar Step 3: On the MileSplit Calendar page scroll down and click your CORRECT MHSAA Region Meet (host school will be listed to the right of the meet) to enter. Step 4: On the meet page notice any Additional Information that the region meet director may want you to know. Step 5: Click the Enter Online Now green ribbon and enter your team. Entries Open: Monday, March 22, 2027. ..............Entries Close : Sunday prior to a school’s Region Meet! Note : You may make additional entries or make changes to your original entries at any time prior to the entry deadline. Schools will not be able to enter on -line after Sunday, prior to the school’s Region Meet without first contacting their respective meet director. Schools that do not meet this deadline will be fined $100.00 payable to the host school. ONLY ON- LINE ENTRIES WILL BE ACCEPTED!!! Each school may enter three (3) contestants in individual events and one team in each relay. A contestant may not be entered in more than four (4) events. Any corrections and/or changes must be made with th e meet director by 12:00 noon the day prior to the division meet! TEAMS WILL BE ALLOWED TO MAKE CHANGES (NO ADDITIONS) ON THE DAY OF THE MEET BUT WILL BE CHARGED $10.00 FOR EACH AND EVERY CHANGE PAYABLE TO THE HOST SCHOOL!!! ONLY CHANGES DUE TO AN ILLNESS , A NO -SHOW OR INJURY DURING THE MEET WILL BE EXEMPT FROM THE $10.00 CHARGE! After the entry deadline no additions will be allowed. T Super Region Meets – Super Region meets shall be held on Saturday (unless prior approval by MHSAA) and shall NOT have a start time earlier than 10:00 a.m. Winners of first, second, third, and fourth places in Region M eets are eligible to participate in the Super Region Meets. 132 Super Region 1: Regions 1&2 Super Region 3: Regions 5&6 Super Region 2: Regions 3&4 Super Region 4: Regions 7&8 North/South Mississippi Meets – North/South meets shall be held on Saturday (unless prior approval by MHSAA) and shall not have a start time earlier than 10:00 a.m . Winners of first, second, third, and fourth places in a 1A/2A/3A 4A Super Region Meets are eligible to participate in North/South meets. Winners of first, second, third and fourth places in a 5A/6A/7A Region Meet are eligible to participate in North/South meets. State Championships – Winners of first, second, third and fourth places in the North/South Meets are eligible to participate in the State Championship Meet. Host: Pearl High School – 2A & 4A: Friday, April 30 5A, 6A, 7A: Saturday, May 1 1A & 3A: Monday, May 3 IMPORTANT: Head coaches bring your State Meet DragonFly Roster printout and entry fees / purchase order with you to the state meet. Entry fees are payable to the MHSAA. THIS IS MANDATORY. Schools wishing to host a Region, Super Region or North/South Track and Field meet MUST complete and submit a n MHSAA application by Friday, September 4, 2026. Contact Woody Barnett, wbarnett@misshsaa.com , for a form(s). Meet Cleanup – Schools must help to keep down the maintenance cost to the host schools by making sure all trash is thrown into a container. PITCH- IN!

Fast Pitch Softball – Varsity JV & Junior High Plate - $ 90 .00 Plate - $ 5 5 .00 Bases - $ 85 .00 Bases - $ 50 .00 Post Season - $95.00 Plate and Bases through North/South State State Finals - $140.00 Cancellation policy: If the officials have departed for the game, compensations for a cancelled ballgame beyond the control of game management will be one game fee. Suspended Game Policy: If a game is suspended, the officials will receive full compensation. $ 20.00 for completion of a suspended game that is less than 3 innings when combined with another contest. A double header is considered two consecutive games (not normally the same teams). Soccer - Varsity JV & Middle Schools Diagonal (3 officials) Referee - $80.00 2 ref crew: $60 / $6 0 Assistant Referee - $ 70 .00 3 ref crew: $60 /$ 5 5 /$5 5 Dual (2 officials) Referee - $80.00 Assistant Referee - $80.00 Post Season: Regional - Referee $ 90, Asst Ref $ 80 North/South State - Referee $12 0, Asst Ref $110 State Finals – Referee $135, Asst Ref $1 25 Cancellation Policy: If the officials have departed for the game, compensations for a cancelled ball game beyond the control of game Management will be one game fee . Flag Football (NOTE: 3 officials required for Varsity, JV, Middle School ) Varsity JV & Middle School 2 or more games - $50.00 per game/per official $40.00 per official (3 officials) 1 game - $65.00 per official State Finals – 4 Officials / $65.00 per official 151 Wrestling • Varsity (Dual Match) $80.00; (Tri -Match) $210.00; (Quad -Match – 2 officials) $210.00 each • JV (Dual Match) $65.00; (Tri- Match) $175.00; (Quad -Match - 2 officials) $175.00 each • Middle School (Dual Match) $65.00; (Tri -Match) $175.00; (Quad -Match – 2 officials) $175.00 each • Individual Tournaments (ALL levels) $50.00 per match • Dual Tournaments (ALL levels) $70.00 ASSIGNING FEES Each school shall pay the assigning secretary the following fees in each sport: FOOTBALL Varsity $100 Junior Varsity $60 Jr High $60 BASKETBALL Varsity (boys) $ 75 Varsity (girls) $75 JV / 9 th (boys & girls) $ 60 Jr High (boys & girls) $6 0 BASEBALL Varsity $150 JV/9 th $ 75 Jr High $ 75 VOLLEYBALL Varsity $85 JV $70 Jr High $70 FAST PITCH SOFTBALL Varsity $150 JV $ 75 Jr High $ 75 SOCCER Varsity (boys) $60 Varsity (girls) $60 JV ( boys & girls ) $45 Jr High ( boys & girls ) $45 FLAG FOOTBALL All Levels $30 152 NFHS Officials Code of Ethics Officials at an interscholastic athletic event are participants in the educational development of high s chool students. As such, they must exercise a high level of self -discipline, independence and responsibility. The purpose of this Code is to establish guidelines for ethical standards of conduct for all interscholastic officials. Officials shall master both the rules of the game and the mechanics necessary to enforce the rules, and shall exercise authority in an impartial, firm and controlled manner. Officials shall work with each other and their state associations in a constructive and cooperative manner. Officials shall uphold the honor and dignity of the profession in all interaction with student -athletes, coaches, athletic directors, school administrators, colleagues, and the public. Officials shall prepare themselves both physically and mentally, shall dress neatly and appropriately, and shall comport themselves in a manner consistent with the high standards of the profession. Officials shall be punctual and professional in the fulfillment of all contractual obligations. Officials shall remain mindful that their conduct influences the respect that student -athletes, coaches, and the public hold for the profession. Officials shall, while enforcing the rules of play, remain aware of the inherent risk of injury that competition poses to student -athletes. Where appropriate, they shall inform event management of conditions or situations that appear unreasonably hazardous. Officials shall take reasonable steps to educate thems elves in the recognition of emergency conditions that might arise during the course of competition. Officials shall maintain an ethical approach while participating in forums, chat rooms and all forms of social media. Lightning Guidelines The implementation of the Lightning Detector requirement is not meant to supplant common sense or to ignore visual sightings of lightning strikes, but rather to be used as an adjunct to increase the safety and well -being of athletes, fans, and officials at outdoor events. Today’s advanced technology provides relatively reliable devices that can detect lightning in the area and give approximate distances from one’s location. There are presently no devices that can predict when or where a lightning strike will occur, but rather the recent location and/or distance of a strike. These devices may have a delay up to several minutes but still give a warning of several miles (minutes) away that would otherwise be unknown. The lightning devices should be monitored closely once lightning is detected within a 40 -mile radius. These new guidelines will take the initial responsibility of lightn ing detection away from the game officials so they can concentrate on their officiating duties and place it with the “host” game administrator. The host school officials are responsible for the correct operational guidelines of their lightning detection device and are responsible for maintaining it in a proper working condition. 1. Each school will have an emergency plan in place that addresses the evacuation of athletes and spectators to a safe location within a reasonable time should a lightning threat be present. The amount of time it takes to evacuate spectators properly to a safe location should also be considered when recommending a postponement due to lightning. A brief description of the plan may be put in the program for spectators and fans to review while at an activity. The plan should be briefly explained by the game annou ncer if there is no program for the event. 2. These guidelines should also be enforced and utilized at athletic practices. It is the head coaches’ responsibility to have the Lightning Detector activated and monitored when there is a chance for severe weather in the area. The head coach will be responsible for getting the athletes and ancillary personnel into a safe facility within a reasonable time when lightning is within 10 miles of the practice location. 3. The host Game Administrator (GA) will be responsible for having the lightning detector operational for outdoor events. The GA will monitor or appoint a responsible individual to monitor the device and sky conditions for lightning. 4. Once a lightning strike has been detected within 15 miles, the GA will then notify the officials; and the GA, Principal (if available) and official will make the decision to postpone the game using all resources available to them, i.e., lightning detector, visual warnings, radar etc. If the lightning is detected within 10 miles of the event, the activity will be postponed, and all evacuation guidelines will be put into effect. The decision to resume the game/practice should also use the same criteria. If the officials’ desire, they may use the existing 30/30 policy. 5. All individuals should have the right to leave an athletic site or activity, without fear of repercussion or penalty, in order to seek a safe structure or location if they believe they are in danger from impending lightning activity.

“satisfactory progress toward graduation”. Each school district shall determine the requirements for “satisfactory progress toward graduation” through its graduation requirement s and shall interpret this rule according to its requirements. 2.10. 3 According to Mississippi law, a student must maintain a grade point average of at least a 2.0 or “C” average in order to participate in interscholastic sports/activities . Grade point averages will be calculated at the conclusion of the first semester using the semester averages of all courses the student is taking. Students who do not have a 2.0 or “C” average for the first semester will be ineligible for the second semester. 2.10. 4 At the end of the school year, each student’s grade point average for the year will be assessed. This assessment will reflect the average for the entire year using the final grades for each course. A student who does not have a grade point average of at least a 2.0 or “C” average, will be ineligible for fall semester. 2.10. 5 High school eligibility begins when a student enters ninth grade. To be eligible for the fall semester, a student must b e promoted to ninth grade with at least an overall 2.0 or “C” average of all eighth grade courses. 21 2.10. 6 A student may become eligible for the second semester if he/she fails the year -end average the previous year, by achieving at least an overall 2.0 of “C” average at the end of the first semester. 2.10. 7 A 2.0 or “C” average may be calculated in two ways: 1. Grade point average: A= 4, B- 3, C=2, D=1, F=0. 2. Numerical average : place all semester or year -end averages in the local grading scale. If the overall average is a “C” or better, the student is eligible.

2.10.1 A student who is enrolled in any grade higher than Grade 6 in a school district must be suspended from participation in any extracurricular or athletic activity sponsored or sanctioned by the school district after a semester in which the student’s cumulative grade point average is below 2.0 on a 4.0 scale in accordance with MHSAA. This portion of the standard will be jointly monitored and enforced by the State Board of Education and the MHSAA. Miss. Code Ann. 37- 11- 65. 2.10.

2.11.1 For participation on the junior high/middle school level, a student must be promoted ( if not promoted, they are ineligible for the entire year ) and have passed any four basic courses (any subject that meets the equivalent of at least 250 minutes per week or meets the State Department requirement) with a 2.0 or “C” average the previous semester (computed numerically or by GPA). The year- end average of four basic courses passed will be used to determine eligibility for the fall semester. The same guidelines apply at the end of the first semester for spring participation. Students must be on track to be promoted to be eligible. 2.11.2 A student on the junior high/middle school level , who was promoted but is not eligible at the beginning of the school year due to his academic average, may become eligible for the second semester only once during the student’s junior high/middle school career by passing four basic courses with an overall average of 2.0 at the end of the first semester. 2.11.3 Middle School teams can be a combined 7/8 grade team and/or an “A” Team or “B” Team. The “A” team is the only team that can compete for any championship. The “B” team would be treated as a Middle School JV team with no championship consideration 2.11.4 Middle School athletes can only play a total of 6 quarters, 3 halves, or 7 innings per night in “A/B” team games. Schools MUST submit rosters for “A” teams and “B” teams.

2.12.1 In order to participate for all athletics and activities in the fall, a student must be promoted ( if not promoted, they are ineligible for the entire year ) having passed the four core courses (English, math, science and social studies) , and the average of those four core courses must be a “C” or above. For spring semester eligibility, the student does not have to be passing all four core courses, but the average of those four core courses must be a “C” or above. 2.12.2 Students who are allowed to participate on a high school team in any sport /activity shall not be allowed to participate on a junior high school team in the same sport /activity at the same time or at a later date. 2.12.3 Students who are playing up (seventh to eighth) are not allowed to participate on the seventh- grade team in the same sport/activity at the same time or at a later date. 2.12. 4 Ninth grade participation shall be considered as Junior Varsity participation keeping in mind the number of quarters or innings participating during a school week. 22

2.13.1 Special education students making satisfactory progress according to the committees reviewing their Individual Education Plans (IEP) shall be academically eligible . Special education students must maintain attendance according to district policy, be assigned a date entering ninth grade corresponding to other students of that age and be subject to all other rules and regulations of the MHSAA.

member school entering grades 10, 11 , or 12, is ineligible until he/she achieves an overall average of 2.0 at the end of the semester and must earn Carnegie units toward graduation – per state law. A home school student from an accredited home school program entering grades 10, 11 or 12, 23 having met the Mississippi Department of Education required credits and Carnegie Units, will be considered eligible upon enrollment in an MHSAA member school.

member school entering grades 7, 8, or 9, must take a placement test and be age appropriate. 2.16.3 A student who is eligible for a given semester cannot drop out of school during the semester or remain out of school for one or more semesters and then be eligible for the next semester he/she attends.

2.39.1 A student must be an amateur in order to be eligible to r epresent his/her high school. Definition: An amateur is a student who engages in athletics /activities for the physical, mental, social, and educ ational benefits he/she derives from participation and to whom athletics /activities is an avocation.

following acts: 1. E ntered competition for a monetary guarantee , including gift certificates. 2. Entered competi tion f or a share of the gate receipt . 3. Accept ed money . 4. Entered competition for prizes or merchandise of more than $1000.00 in retail value . 5. Sold or pawned a prize . 6. Accept ed payment of expense allowances in excess of actual expenses (It shall be permissible for an eligible student accept actual and necessary expenses.) 7. Signed a contract to play professional athletics or play ed on a professional team in any sport; directly or indirectly. Received a salary or any form of financial assistance from a professional sports organization. 9. Competed under a false name. 10. The state of Mississippi does not allow NIL contracts for high school students . 11. Refer to Rule 2.5.5, page 18. 2.39.3 A student may engage in the following: 1. Play summer ball as an amateur on any team not under the jurisdiction of a professional organization , provided he /she does not receive pay for participation . 2. Accept mea ls, travel and lodging expenses . 3. Give Red Cross swimming and lifesaving instruction and receive pay for the service . 4. Serve as a lifeguard at swimming p ools and receive reasonable pay . 5. Officiate or serve as an instructor in recreational sports as par t of regular recreation program and receive financial remuneration of these se rvices. 30 6. Accept the usual athletic jackets, letters, medal, ribbons, and trophies from the school and MHSAA, as well as trophies given by outside parties with the approval of the school . 7. Participate in bowling activities under the same conditions that govern other outside o r summer athletic participation .

2.4.1 Prior to the first interscholastic contest (jamboree or regular season game) of each activity year, each student shall be properly and completely entered in the eligibility program before being allowed to participate. Proper and complete registration of each student shall include the correct date of birth and birth certificate number. This information shall be filed before playing in a scrimmage or regular season contest, whichever occurs first. 2.4.2 No student shall be eligible for interscholastic competition until his/her name with all required information has been entered in DragonFly each school year. 2.4.3 It shall be the school’s responsibility to verify and certify that each student is eligible unde r all MHSAA’s eligibility rules and should keep a filed copy of eligibility documents. 2.4.4 If a principal or school official fails to check records adequately, and a coach has played a player( s) who would otherwise be eligible, that player(s) will be dropped from the team , and the school will be fined $100.00 for each player. If cleared by the Executive Director, the player may be reinstated , and the team may take part in the playoff, if it so qualifies. Should this occur a second time during the same school year, the school will be fined $500.00 and that sport placed on probation for a perio d not to exceed twelve months. 18

2.6.1 A student becomes ineligible for interscholastic participation if he/she has reached his/her 19 th birthday before August 1 of that school year. See rule 2.40.1 for additional information. 2.6.2 A fine of $1000.00 will be assessed any school that plays a student who does not meet the age requirement. 2.6.3 If a student becomes 19 on or after August 1, he/ she shall be eligible for the remainder of the school year, if he/she meets all other eligibility rules. 2.6.4 A seventh grader must not have reached 14 years of age prior to August 1. 2.6.5 An eighth grader must not have reached 15 years of age prior to August 1. 2.6.6 A ninth grader must not have reached 16 years of age prior to August 1. 2.6.7 Evidence of legal birth date shall be established by one of the following: 1. A legal copy of a birth certificate 19 2. An official record of birth from the Bureau of Vital Statistics 3. An official notification of birth issued by the stat e, parish or county health unit 4. An official passport 5. A hospital certificate signed by a physician an d/or the hospital administrator 6. Legal adoption papers issued by a court 7. Official records verifying proof of birth issued by the Department of Welfare 8. Official immigration and naturalization papers issued by the United State Department of Immigration and Naturalization 2.6.8 Proof of birth shall be available to the MHSAA within 24 hours, if requested. 2.6.9 The penalties for failure to have proof of age in the school files shall be as follows: 1. A school shall be fined $50.00 per student, per sport /activity for each legal proof of age document not on file with the school not to exceed $500.00 per sport /activity. A student in violation of this rule shall be withheld from further team practices and interscholastic participation until the required proof of age is provided to the MHSAA. 2. If legal proof of age cannot be provided within the 24 -hour time period, the student shall have participated as an ineligible student , and the school shall be penalized . 3. The head coach, director, or sponsor of a sport/activity in violation of this rule shall be required to review the eligibility requirements of the MHSAA, and the principal shall verify in writing that the coach , director, or sponsor reviewed the requirements . 4. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation.

SCHEDULE OF EVENTS – MONDAY MAY 3, 2027 FIELD EVENTS 10:00 Pole Vault (PV Pit 1) - 3A Boys Followed by 3A Girl s Long Jump (Pit 1 or 2*) - 1A Boys Followed by 3A Boys Long Jump (Pit 2 or 3*) - 1A Girls Followed by 3A Girls Triple Ju mp (Pit 4 or 5*) - 3A Boys Followed by 1A Boys 1A Girls Triple Jump (Pit 4 o r5*) - Will Follow 1A Boys Triple Jump 3A Girls Triple Jump (Pit 2 or 3*). - Willow Follow 3A Girls Long Jump 10:30 High Jump - 1A Boys Followed by 3A Boys High Jump - 3A Girls Followed by 1A Girls Shot (Ring 2) - 1A Boys Followed by 3A Boys Shot (Ring 1 ) - 1A Girls Followed by 3A Girls Discus (Ring 2) - 3A Boys Followed by 1A Boys Discus (Ring 1) - 3A Girls Followed by 1A Girls 12:00 Pole Vault (Pit 1 or 2) - 1A Boys Followed by 1A Girls *Note: Pits to be used will be determined by wind direction. RUNNING EVENTS 10:20 3A Boys 4x200 Meter Relay 3A Boys 200 Meter Dash 1A Girls 4x800 Meter Relay 1A Girls 1600 Meter Run 1A Boys 3200 Meter Run 3A Girls 4x800 Meter Relay 3A Girls 1600 Meter Run 3A Boys 3200 Meter Run 1A Boys 4x800 Meter Relay 1A Boys 1600 Meter Run 3A Boys 4x800 Meter Relay 3A Boys 1600 Meter Run 1A Girls 4x400 Meter Relay 3A girls 4x400 Meter Relay 1A Girls 3200 Meter Run 1A Girls 4x100 Meter Relay 1A Boys 4x400 Meter Relay 3A Girls 3200 Meter Run 3A Girls 4x100 Meter Relay 3A Boys 4x400 Meter Relay 1A Boys 4x100 Meter Relay 3A Boys 4x100 Meter Relay 1:00 ( May start a few minutes earlier ) 1A Girls 100 Meter High Hurdles 3A Girls 100 Meter High Hurdles 1A Girls 400 Meter Dash 1A Boys 110 Meter High Hurdles 3A Girls 400 Meter Dash 3A Boys 110 Meter High Hurdles 1A Boys 400 Meter Dash 3A Boys 400 Meter Dash 1A Girls 100 Meter Dash 3A Girls 100 Meter Dash 1A Girls 300 Meter Low Hurdles 1A Boys 100 Meter Dash 3A Girls 300 Meter Low Hurdles 3A Boys 100 Meter Dash 1A Boys 300 Meter Int. Hurdles 3A Boys 300 Meter Int. Hurdles 1A Girls 800 Meter Run 3A Girls 800 Meter Run 1A Boys 800 Meter Run 3A Boys 800 Meter Run 1A Girls 4x200 Meter Relay 3A Girls 4x200 Meter Relay 1A Girls 200 Meter Dash 1A Boys 4x200 Meter Relay 1A Boys 200 Meter Dash Awards Presentation 140 Rules Governing Girls Flag Footbal l 1. Eligibility requirements and academic requirements are the dame in girls flag football as in all other sports/activities. 2. For the 202 6-2027 school year, teams will compete in geographic regions determined by the MHSAA. 3. Girls flag football coaches and players must be compliant in DragonFly. 4. Sixth graders are not allowed to participate. 5. Until 50 percent or more of MHSAA member school compete, an end of the season tournament will be held to determine a season winner. 6. When 50 percent or more of the MHSAA member schools compete in girls flag football, a plan will be devised to determine a state champion. 7. National Federation rules, in addition to state adopted policies, will be used. 8. Bands, cheer teams and dance teams are allowed to participate at games with school administration approval. Half - time performances are not allowed due to time constraints. 9. Twenty -fine players constitute a team. 10. During the regular season , teams may play two games per week (Monday through the end of school day Friday ). Refer to the MHSAA Sports Calendar for length of season. 11. The length of a scrimmage will be 20 -minues of play between two teams. 12. Mercy Rule: Once a team is ahead of their opponent by more than 35 points, within 10 -minutes of the second half , the game will end. 13. Each official will be paid $50.00 per game. 14. A limit of 30 medallions will be awarded to each team participating in the state championship game. Additional medallions at $5.00 each may be purchased from the MHSAA. Rules Governing Fast Pitch 1. National Federation rules will b e used. Rules for fast pitch softball will be followed. 2. Each district secretary will certify to the State Office the names of the division champion and runner -up that will enter the state playoff. 3. The state championship series shall be a best two out of three with North/South champions. The championships will be played one game at a time. 4. Practice may begin the first day returning to class of the second semester. 5. Fast pitch softball will be played in the spring. The following rules will apply: a. Participants will meet eligibility requirements as set forth by MHSAA. b. Beginning with the 2019 -2020 school year: Require pitchers, first basemen and third basemen o f member high schools fast pitch softball teams to wear fielding masks during practices and games. c. Two 5 -inning jamborees or scrimmages may be played (see calendar for date). A single pitcher can pitch no more than 5 innings. d. The regular season may begin following the Jamboree weekend. e. Two games may be played during the school week (Monday through the end of the school day on Friday). A softball tournament still counts as actual games played . No more than 2 8 total games may be played, including tournaments. f. There will be s even state championships, 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A , 6A, 7A . g. Each fast pitch softball Region will advance four teams to the first- round playoffs. h. Beginning with the 2026 -27school year, Double First Base will be mandatory. 6. In the playoff series, for game 1, game 2, and game 3 (if necessary), the home team will keep all gate proceeds (minus the requisite MHSAA percentage, officials’ expense, radio/internet broadcast fee and web streaming/television fee). 7. The use of artificial noisemakers inside the dugout is prohibited. Ex: Banging on buckets with any item or banging on any part of the dugout is not permitted. 8. International tiebreaker rule is to be in effect for fast pitch softball. 9. Report scores on MaxPreps . Required for regular -season and post- season games. 202 5 – 2027 Fast -Pitch Regions Regions located on the MHSAA web site. 141 State Fast Pitch Softball Championship Information For radio, television, or Internet broadcast information, refer to the MHSAA Handbook , “Media Policy” . 1. Regional game s shall be completed by April 13, 20 27 (Class 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A) and April 17, 202 7 (Class 5A, 6A, 7A) . Round 1 will be April 16,17, 19 2027 (Class 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A) and Ap ril 2 3, 24, 26, 202 7 (Class 5A, 6A, 7A). 4. The host team will be listed as the home team in the scorebook. 5. Refer to rule 4 -2-2 of the National Federation Softball Rules for the definition of a regulation. a. 10 run rule after 5 innings . b. Mutual agreement of opposing coaches. 6. Refer to rule 4 -3-3 of the National Federation Softball rules for the definition of a suspended game. “If a game is called before the completion of the number of innings in 4 -2-2, the umpire shall declare the contest suspended.” 7. If the game cannot be played on schedule because of rain, the host school should contact the visiting school and the chief umpire. Games are to be made up the following day if weather permits. 8. Only State Passes with photo identification will be honored. 9. Post -Season: Three officials will be paid $ 95.00 each through the North/South Tournament; $1 40.00 for the State Tournament. 10. The official balls for all MHSAA activities shall be the NFHS authenticated marked Wilson balls. 11. The MHSAA office will approve the officials. Program Information for Softball Championships Please make sure complete updated roster information (including height, weight, grade, position and jersey number) is available on the roster in DragonFly when you qualify for the playoffs. Following each championship game, there will be an awards ceremony for champions and runners- up. Trophies, MVP and a maximum of 30 medallions will be presented to coaches, players, managers and statisticians. Additional medallions may be purchased at $5.0 0 each from the MHSAA. 142 Rules Governing Baseball 1. There shall be a state championship for each of the s even classifications – 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A , 7A. 2. Championships in all regions shall be determined as follows: a. Practice may begin the first day returning to class of the second semester . Refer to the MHSAA sports calendar for baseball playing dates. b. Region championship shall be decided by a round robin schedule. c. The Executive Committee has developed the following tiebreaker: In case of identical region record, the following method will be used to determine the region champion: refer to Tie Breaker rule under Section D, Athletic Competition Rule. d. For the first round, four teams will advance to the playoffs in class es 1A – 7A. As soon as the region champions in baseball are declared, the Executive Director will then set up the North and South playoffs, giving the specific dates, times, and places playoffs are to be held. The school winning the region championship in each classification shall notify the Executive Director immediately so there will be no delay in setting up the North and South playoffs. 3. Two (2 ) game s may be played during the school week (school week defined as the start of the school day on Monday through the end of the school day Fri day), with the exception of spring break. A total of five (5) games may be played during the calendar week (calendar week defined as Monday through Sunday). A double header counts as two games played and every tournament game played counts as a game played. Before play begins, the base paths and pitching distance must be regulation. If this cannot be accomplished, the home team shall forfeit. The umpire shall be responsible for checking the distances. If during a tournament one of the above -mentioned infractions occur, the field will be made ready or not used. 4. If a region game is called before completion of the number of innings and conditions as specified in rule 4 -2-3 of the National Federation Baseball Rule Book, such game is considered a suspended game and shall be continued from the point of suspension at a later time at the same site. If a regulation region tie game (5 full innings or more) is suspended, the game will be continued from the point of interruption at the site of the next region game scheduled between the opponents, otherwise the game will return to the original site of the suspended game (last game of the series). a. RAIN -OUTS – All cancelled or suspended games that are played less than five (5) full innings as stated above must be made up by the Thursday following the game in question. Region games take preference over any other rescheduled game. If a date cannot be agreed upon, the host principal must request the MHSAA to set a date. If the host site is not playable during the first game of the region series and the opponent’s field is playable, the game sites should be reversed. 5. A limit of 2 8 games including tournaments shall be played during the regular season. A Jamboree will consist of two - four innings contest, and a pitcher will be limited to pitching two innings during the eight inning Jamboree. 6. Seven innings shall constitute a game, but when the score is tied at the end of the seventh, additional innings shall be played to break the tie. 7. The use of artificial noisemakers inside the dugout is prohibited. Ex: Banging on buckets with any item or banging on any part of the dugout is not permitted. 8. The principal of each host school must notify the Executive Director when and where all tournament, conference, or division playoff games will be played. In all MHSAA playoff series utilizing a 1 -1-1 format, the HOME team wi ll keep all gate proceeds for game 1 and game 2 (minus the requisite MHSAA percentage, official ’s expense, radio/internet broadcast fee and web streaming/television fees). If a third game is needed, gate proceeds (minus the requisite MHSAA percentage, official ’s expense, radio/internet broadcast fee and web streaming/television fees) will be divided evenly between the two participating schools. 9. Trophies shall be furnished by the MHSAA to the North and South baseball champions and to the first and second place winners in the State finals of all classifications. 10. MHSAA Pitch Count: 1 -25 pitches 0 days rest; 26 -50 pitches 1 day rest; 51 -75 pitches 2 days rest; 76 -105 pitches 3 days rest; 106- 120 pitches 4 days rest. Maximum pitches - 120. Each contest must be recorded with the opposing team, noting the names of each pitcher and ho w many pitches that pitcher threw in the game. This information must be recorded in MaxPreps , along with result of the contest within 24 hours of the g ame. The MHSAA will provide a form that each team can complete to share with their opponents following the game. Failure to properly submit the pitch - count information will result in a penalty. The use of an ineligible pitcher, one who has violated this rule, shall result in the forfeiture of the game in which the ineligible pitcher participated as a pitcher and the of fending school will also be assesse d a fine of $250.00 . a. Middle school pitchers will be restricted to no more than 95 pitches in a single day. If a player throws 66 or more pitches in a single day, they are required to take 4 calendar days off from pitching; 51 -65 pitches in a day 3 calendar days off; 36- 50 pitc hes in a day 2 calendar days off; 21 -35 pitches one calendar day off; 20 pitches or less there is no required rest day. The use of an ineligible pitcher (violation of rule) shall result in forfeiture of the game, and the school will be assessed a fine of $250.00 143 11. Junior varsity games will be limited to 1½ hours or 5 innings. 12. Region games must be played one week prior to the play -in round. 13. Report game scores on MaxPreps - Required for regular -season and post- season games. 2025 - 2027 Baseball Regions Regions located on the MHSAA web site. Program Information for Baseball Championships *Important* Please make sure complete updated roster information (including height, weight, grade, position and jersey number) is available on the roster in DragonFly when you qualify for the playoffs. Following each championship, there will be an awards ceremony for champions and runners -up. Trophies, MVP and a maximum of 30 medallions will be presented to coaches, players, managers and statisticians. Additional medallions may be purchased at $5.00 each from the MHSAA. Post Season Baseball Information Championship Dates: May 17-21, 2027, Trustmark Park , Pearl, MS For radio, television, Internet broadcast information, refer to the MHSAA Handbook , “Media Policy ”. 1. Notify the MHSAA state office and your district secretary as soon as the champion and runner -up have been decided. You must also notify the MHSAA immediately after qualifying for the next round. 2. Suspended game and winner cannot be determined: A. Regulation Game: Rule 4 -2-3 of National Baseball Rule Book B. If a game is called before completion of the number of innings and conditions as specified in Rule 4 -2-3 of the National Federation Baseball Rule Book, such game shall be considered a suspended game and shall be continued from point of suspension at a later time at the same site. Regulation tie games, (5 full innings) shall be treated as suspended game and the game will be continued from the point of interruption at the site of the next game. The lineup and batting order of each team shall be exactly the same as the lineup and batting order at the moment of suspension, subject to the rules governing the game. C. If the game cannot be played on schedule because of rain, the host school should contact the visiting school and the chief umpire. Games are to be made up the following day if weather permits. 1. Post Season Play: Three officials will be assigned to work each game. The umpires are to be paid $125.00 through the North/South State and $165.00 for the state championship . The officials should be paid after each session. If the officials have left home for the game and the game is cancelled beyond their control, the officials will be paid one game fee. 4. Each team must complete an updated roster on DragonFly , including jersey numbers and position s. 5. State Passes will be the only pass recognized. 6. A team may use a courtesy runner for the pitcher and/or catcher. Other speed -up rules will be optional. 7. The decisions of game officials are final. 8. A game may end any time after five innings, or after 4½ innings (visiting team) when a team is 10 or more runs behind and has completed its turn at bat. (Rule 4 -2-4) 9. The playoffs will be the best of 3 series format. 12. Notify the MHSAA as soon as a winner has been determined from each round. 144 Rules Governing Archery 1. There will be four classes : Class I (1A/2A), Class II (3A/4A), Class III (5A/6A ), 7A. 2. Beginning with the North/South Tournament, a team will consist of 24 participants. The twelve highest scores count and of the twelve, four must be of the opposite gender . Example: (8 boys, 4 girls), (4 boys, 8 girls) or any combination. 3. The top eight teams from the North and the top 8 teams from the South in Class I, Class II and Class III will advance to the state championship tournament. 4. The top five teams from the North and top 5 teams from the South in 7A will advance to the state championship . 5. If a medalist in a Class comes from a team that does not make the state tournament, that individual will also participate in the state tournament. 6. The Foundation for MS Wildlife, Fisheries and Parks will continue to run the tournaments under the direction of the MHSAA. 7. Coaches must complete an eight -hour clinic and pass a test to be certified through the Mississippi Archery in the Schools Program. The Foundation for MS Wildlife, Fisheries and Parks will provide certification classes. Contact msarcheryinschools.com . 8. Schools will utilize standardized equipment required by the National Archery in the Schools Program. 202 5 - 2027 Archery Schools List of archery schools located on the MHSAA website. Archery Information 1. Eligibility requirements and academic requirements are the same in archery as in all other sports/activities. 2. Sixth graders are not allowed on the middle school or high school teams. 3. Competition rules from the National Archery in the Schools Program will be used. 4. The maximum number of matches per week will be two (Monday through end of school day Friday). 5. Practice begins on the first day of second semester when classes start . Scrimmage may be held January 2 6, 202 6. 6. A fee of $100, payable to the MHSAA will be due February 1, 202 7. This fee will help offset costs of medallions, trophies and any additional fees to host the state tournament. 7. The first matc h will not be before February 1, 202 7, with the season end ing April 2, 2027 . 8. South State: March 1, 2, 2027; North State: March 15, 16, 2027 9. State Championshi p: April 1 2, 13, 2027 10. To host an invitational meet, schools must submit a Request Form - form in DragonFly. Rules Governing Wrestling 1. Refer to MHSAA sports calendar for important dates 2. National Federation rules will be used. 3. When 50 percent or more of the member schools enter competition, a plan will be devised to determine a state championship. 4. The principals of each host school must notify the Executive Director when and where all tournaments will be played. After deducting fees for officials , the Association shall receive 15 percent of the gross gate receipts from all special games not on the regular schedule. The host school shall be responsible for collecting and remitting the Association’s share of the proce eds. If the amount due the Asso ciation is not remitted within 10 school days from the date the tournament was held, the amount due the Association will be doubled. 5. Practice may begin October 12, 2026; end of season February 2, 2027. 6. The maximum number of wrestling matches will be twenty. 2025 - 2027 Wrestling Sc hools Refer to the MHSAA Website for a list of schools / Regions. 145 Local Association Secretaries & Assistant Secretaries All assigning secretaries for all sports are assigned by and report to the MHSAA, as approved by the Legislative Council and Executive Committee on April 7, 2016 Football Address Assoc. Office /Cell Larry Riley larryeriley@gmail.com NE 662- 760- 0537 Dwyan Suggs (Asst) dwyannsuggs@yahoo.com 662- 315- 9040 Deljuan Robinson deljuanrobinsonref@gmail.com NW 901- 493- 1185 Nicholas Draper nickdraper1975@yahoo.com Billy Joe H all bjhallfb@yahoo.com Delta 662- 719- 8959 Charlie Barnett (Ass t) 662- 588- 1244 Bo Bell loren.bell@bxs.com Dist 4 662- 312- 1665 Cha rles Green chuckg3@aol.com Hattiesburg 601- 310- 0127 J ackie Hathorn jackiehathorn@comcast.net Laurel 601- 543- 8045 Larry Green (Asst) msusssa@comcast.net 601- 319- 9979 Robert Eakins robeak@bellsouth.net East MS 601- 527- 0863 Eric Hardy (Asst) termitehardy@hotmail.com 601- 938- 1077 Curtis Lowe lowec34@aol.com Mid -MS 601- 331- 6953 Anthony Perkins (Asst) aperkins@mdot.ms.gov 601- 940- 3792 Preston Wilson coachpdw@gmail.com Southwest 601- 320- 0750 Troy Saucier tsaucier@diberville.ms.us Gulf Coast 228- 860- 4574 Basketball Address Assoc. Offic e/Cell Ron Thompson rawgydawg@hotmail.com NE -2 662- 871- 4100 Donald McKay donmckay@yahoo.com NE-1 662- 213- 6635 Fred Johnson fajohnson411@gmail.com NW 662- 816- 6394 Billy Joe Hall bjhallfb@yahoo.com Delta 662- 719- 8959 Charlie Barnett (Asst) 662- 588- 1244 Paul Lyl e plyleref@bellsouth.net Dist 4 601- 416- 8115 James Gunter (Asst) gunterteam00@gmail .com 662- 386- 4438 Earnie Pheal earnie.pheal@usm.edu Hattiesburg 601- 606- 0921 Kevin Britt (Asst) kevinnbritt27@gmail.com 601- 964- 0417 Donte Paicely paicedon4282@gmail.com Laurel 601 -577- 5910 Robert Eakins robeak@bellsouth.net East MS 601- 527- 0863 Tyrone Kidd kiddty @gmail.com Mid -MS 601- 918- 3261 Lashonda Kidd (Asst) lashondamkidd@gmail.com 601- 540- 2202 McNair Smith mcsmith29@hotmail.com Southwest 601- 757- 9807 Glen Posey poseyg48@gmail.com Gulf Coast 228- 348- 1358 Volleyball Address Assoc. Office /Cell Fred Johnson fajohnson411@gmail.com NW 662- 816- 6394 Kathy Thompson kthompson2422@gmail.com NE 662- 871- 2422 Kelvin Short kelvin_short@hotmail.com Delta 662- 719- 4372 Terry Gales (Asst). Terrygales996@gmail.com 662- 379- 0472 Tab Thomas tltn@hotmail.com Mid -MS 601- 613- 5330 Marty Dimau ro martyd52@bellsouth.net Gulf Coast 228- 806- 2753 Jeff Cunningham 228- 547- 2899 McNair Smith mcsmith29@hotmail.com Southwest 601- 757- 9807 Kevin Britt kevinbritt27@gmail.com Hattiesburg 601- 964- 0417 Robert Eakins robeak@bellsouth.net East MS 601- 527- 0863 Laurie Neelis Neelislaurie@gmail.com Laurel 601- 818- 303 Chris Robinson (Asst) Chris.robinson@jcjc.edu 601- 408- 2873 Stacy Thames sirgipper@yahoo.com Dist 4 662- 803- 5779 146 Baseball Address Assoc. Office /Cell Mark Scott mjscott43@yahoo.com NE-Central 662- 790- 4507 Gary Enis (Asst) gaenis@tupeloschools.com 662- 231- 0917 Ryan Smith Iukaemt904@hotmail.com NE-North 662- 415- 1112 Gary Beasley garybeasley@comcast.net NW 901- 218- 4056 Billy Joe Ha ll bjhallfb@yahoo.com Delta 662- 719- 8959 Charlie Barnett (Ass t) 662- 588- 1244 Stacy Thames sirgipper@yahoo.com Dist 4 662- 803- 5779 Eric Hardy Termitehardy@yahoo.com East MS 601- 938- 1077 Sidney Brown (Asst) skidlee23@yahoo.com 601- 485- 1503 Greg Engle archer2969engle@yahoo.com Hattiesburg 601- 307- 2114 Roland Gatlin coachrg44@yahoo.com Laurel 601- 433- 0151 Derrick Everett Everett.derrick@gmail.com Mid -MS 601- 613- 2171 Grant Williamson gwilliamson@wcsd.k12.ms.us Southwest 601- 754- 1467 Glen Posey poseyg48@gmail.com Gulf Coast 228- 348- 1358 Soccer Jimmy Malone jimmy.malone@optimas.com NE 662 -321- 5555 Mike Carson Mear1015@aol.com NW 901- 596- 4976 Bir lette Jelks jnjelks@suddenlink.net Delta 662- 616- 9780 Emanuel Pintican the_soccer_ref@ yahoo.com Dist 4 662- 889- 9971 Dalton Morgan daltonmorgan24@icloud.com H’Burg/Laurel 601- 319- 1910 Todd Scott wht_lightng34@msn.com East MS 601- 479- 6084 Christopher Ebelhar ifcreferee@gmail.com Mid -MS 601- 573- 1161 Stuart Sellers Sellers40@yahoo.com Southwest 601- 613- 5742 Steven Boudro msgcassigning@gmail.com Gulf Coast 228- 222- 1655 Softball Marty Wade martywade150@yahoo.com N E 6 62- 255- 2800 Derek Dubravec dd9757@att.com NW 662- 609- 9975 Billy Joe Hall bjhallfb@yahoo.com Delta 6 62- 719- 8959 Charlie Barnett (Asst) williebarnett64@yahoo. com 6 62- 588- 1244 Stacey Thames sirgiper@yahoo.com Dist 4 662- 803- 5779 Billy Craig (Asst) billybonics@yahoo.com 662- 215 -4018 Laurie Neelis Neelislaurie@gmail.com Hattiesburg 601- 818- 3030 Chris McGee ecmcgeee1983@yahoo.co m Laurel 601 -297- 6898 Chris Robinson (Asst) chris.robinson@JCJC.edu 601- 408- 2873 Eric Hardy termitehardy@hotmail.com East MS 601- 938- 1077 Sidney Brown (Asst) skidlee23@yahoo.com 601- 485- 1503 Debbie Lemmons drlemmons30@yahoo.com Middle MS 601- 594- 4990 Allen Lunceford (Asst) lunceford4@aol.com 601- 988- 2287 Grant Williamson sgwump@gmail.com SW 601- 754- 1467 Jack Bruffy Jbruffy2002@yahoo. com Gulf Coast 228- 239- 1544 147 Rules Governing Officials 1. Any person eighteen years of age or over and a high school graduate of good character who is interested in athletics may appl y for registration as a Mississippi High School Activities Association official. His or her application shall include references a nd payment of registration fee for one season. 2. Officials eighteen years of age or over, of good character who are registering for the first time must be recommended by the secretary or assistant secretary of a local officials’ group. 3. An annual NFHS All Sports fee of $40.00 and an annual registrat ion fee for each sport is $ 35. 00. Registration fees will not be refunded. 4. Officials may be permitted to register after the deadline. Late registrants will be automatically placed on probation for on e year and will be assessed a late registration of $5.00. This is in addition to the regular registration fee for the sport in whi ch the official is being registered. 5. Officials will be required to join local officials’ associations that shall provide officials for schools in their respective areas. An official may hold membership in more than one local association. 6. Membership may be renewed by payment of the annual registration fee, with a satisfactory record for the previous year. 7. All officials will be required to take the rules interpretation clinics online in each sport which they officiate , in order to be eligible to officiate. 8. All officials will be required to take and pass a rules examination annually in each sport in which they officiate. 9. An official who fails to report for a game that he has accepted unless the school authorities have released him or he is unab le to report due to accident or illness shall be subject to penalty by the MHSAA. On the second offense, he shall be placed on pro bation or be suspended. 10. An official may cancel a game because of illness or death in the family without penalty, and such cancellation shall not refl ect upon the official. 11. Officials are required to have a yearly physical which is to be turned into the local association. The assigning secretary is responsible for keeping physicals on file. 12. All athletic officials shall observe the rules of the game and of the MHSAA. And all officials shall refrain from cursing an d the use of abusive language during games. Any official who officiates a game while under the influence of drugs or alcohol will be term inated. 13. All athletic officials shall be subject to penalty for any conduct unbecoming to a respectable official or citizen. 14. All athletic officials shall wear the standard official’s uniform for each sport. 15. Game officials shall file promptly a report with the State Office if there is any unusual incident involving unsportsmanlike conduct by players, coaches, school officials, cheerleaders, or fans. 16. Regulations and Procedures for local officials’ associations: a. Constitution and By -laws – Each local officials association shall submit a copy of its constitution and by -laws to be approved and filed by the MHSAA. b. Secretary and Assistant Secretary – Each of the officials’ districts and each local officials’ group shall elect a secretary and an assistant secretary. The secretary and assistant secretary shall work together in making game assignments. The secretary an d assistant secretary must be approved by the MHSAA and meet the following criteria: 1. Must make all game assignments through DragonFly. 2. Be a member of the local association for three consecutive years. 3. Be accessible to schools and officials. 4. Attend MHSAA training sessions and meetings. 5. Possess organizational skills. c. Supervisory Duties of the Secretary 1. He must coordinate the training program of the local association along with his supervisory responsibilities. 2. After each ball game observed, he will confer with the officials and make suggestions for improving the work of each official. d. Proposals Submitted to the State Office – All proposals that involve a change in the amount of the fees paid officials or other recommendations regarding local officials’ associations shall be submitted to the Executive Director, MHSAA, not less than sixty days in advance of the joint meeting at which they are to be considered. The Executive Director shall submit the proposals to state council members and Executive Committee members no later than thirty days in advance of the meetings in Octo ber, February and April. Proposals shall be submitted on the following schedule: 1. Fall sports proposals on or before October 1 2. Spring sports proposals on or before March 1 e. Assignment Procedures: Notification of Assignments – Assignments will be in DragonFly one-week prior. f. The official’s district secretaries shall assign officials based on official certification and availability. However, the secretary and assistant secretary in assigning officials may take into considera tion travel and other pertinent factors so long as the school’s “scratch” privileges are not violated. 1. When a member school has accepted an official and the school cancels the participation of the official at a later date, the game fee shall be paid to the official just as if he worked the game. The secretary shall take into consideration a possible altern ate assignment for the officials; however, if no other assignment is available because of the time element or scheduling problem, he shall notify the school involved and the state office. g. Training Program for Officials – Each local association shall maintain a training program for both experienced and inexperienced officials. The program for experienced officials shall consist of at least five local meetings during the season of the sport concerned, at which time regularly planned programs and activities shall be followed. The program for inexperienc ed officials, in addition to the meeting held for experienced officials, shall include at least two special meetings for instructions in mechanics and other matters dealing with officiating. Also, there shall be a definite plan followed by the association in assigning inexperienced officials to g ames in having the work of such officials observed by the local secretary or experienced officials will confer with the men they observe and offer 148 suggestions for improving their work. Each official will be required to attend three of the five local meetings. Failure to comply will result in probation for one year and failure to comply the following year shall result in suspension of the violator. h. Solicitation – No official shall solicit any coach, principal, or other school officials for the privilege of working athletic contests, nor shall a local association solicit the privilege of serving any school that is already being served by a recognized officials’ association. i . Suspension or probation of a member – In case a member of a local association is suspended or placed on probation, the secretary of that association shall immediately notify the MHSAA, giving the reasons for the suspension or probation and the period covered by the suspension or probation. j . Member schools of the MHSAA: 1. Member schools of the MHSAA shall use only those officials who are registered for the current athletic season. It is recommended that all schools playing football use six (6) football officials in addition to the clock operator. It is recommended that sc hools use three basketball officials. 2. Member schools shall make reports relative to the misconduct of game officials, as well as such other reports as may be requested by the MHSAA. 3. The Executive Committee shall employ an assistant to the Executive Director, and this assistant shall be primarily responsible for the enrollment, training, and supervision of registered athletic officials. 4. The member schools of the MHSAA shall be expected to observe such common courtesies in connection with athletic officials as they observe in working with other employees of the school. 5. Member schools shall be responsible for the treatment accorded the officials by coaches, players, pupils, and the public. Anyone connected with or supporting the school may penalize schools for the abuse of officials. k. Football, Basketball, Softball, Volleyball, Soccer, and Baseball Fees and the Assignment of Officials : For the purpose of assigning football, basketball, softball, voll eyball, soccer, and baseball officials, the state shall be divided into districts. The districts shall be called District 1 (Nor theast), District 2 (Northwest), District 3 (Delta), District 4 (East Central), District 5 (East Mississippi and Laurel), District 6 (Midd le Mississippi), District 7 (Southwest), and District 8 (Hattiesburg and Gulf Coast). Member schools shall use officials provided by corresponding officials’ districts unless other arrangements have been approved by the Executive Di rector or his designated representative. l. Any school that pays more or less than the schedule of fees will be fined $100.00 and placed on probation for one year. m. Any official who accepts more than the schedule of fees will be fined $25.00 and placed on probation for one year. n. A rating for high school officials will be based on the Mississippi High School Officials Rating System. The system is b ased on: online exam, evaluation, and meeting attendance. o . Only officials that are certified through the MHSAA are eligible to officiate in tournaments or games leading to a state championship or in a ny post season games. p . Officials with o ne or more years of experience will be eligible to purchase a statewide pass for $ 40.00 (with MHSAA approval) through their individual DragonFly account. 149 2026- 2027 Officials Fees It is strongly recommended that the timer and scorer in all sports be competent adults. Each official must attend a clinic in the sport for which he is registered. A school will be fined $100.00 if the head coach does not attend a state rules meeting or complete the online meeting in the sport in which he coaches. There is NO Mileage for playoff games. Football – Varsity Middle School $1 2 5 .00 2 Games/Per Game - $50.00 1 Game - $65.00 Electronic Clock Operator - $60.00 40/25 Second Operator - $60.00 JV & 9 th Grade $60 .00 *Post Season - $150 Through North/South State EOC - $70; 40/25 - $70 *State Finals - $200 EOC - $100; 40/25 - $100 Alternate official - $ 8 0.00 Length of game for students below 9 th grade / 8-minute quarters JV and 9 th grade may play 10- minute quarters Cancellation policy: If the officials have departed for the game, compensations for a cancelled ballgame beyond the control of game management will be one game fee. JV and Middle School games must be played in quarters. Basketball – Varsity

$90.00 Per Game Middle School 7/8 $40 Per Game/2 Officials / $30 Per Game 3/Officials Junior Varsity / /9 th $ 6 0 Per Game Length of quarters for students below 9 th grade - 6 minutes 9 th grade length of quarters 7 minutes or less Post Season Regional (Division) Tournament - $80 Per game 1st Round & 2 nd Round - $110 Per Game Quarter Finals - $12 5 Per Game Semi and State Finals - $16 5 Per Game NFHS rules require the official scorer to wear an officials’ shirt. JV and Middle School games must play in quarters . Cancellation policy: If the officials have departed for the game, compensations for a cancelled ballgame beyond the control of game management will be one game fee. 150 Baseball – Varsity Junior Varsity & Jr. High Plate - $ 1 1 0 .00 Plate - $ 60 .00 Bases - $ 10 5 .00 Bases - $ 55 .00 Post Season – $125 through North/South State State Finals - $165 An official scorebook must be kept for all JV games. 5 innings or 1½ hours. If time limit occurs after inning has started, the inning is to be completed. Cancellation policy: If the officials have departed for the game, compensations for a cancelled ball game beyond the control of game management will be one game fee. Suspended Game Policy: If a game is suspended, the officials will receive full compensation. $ 30.00 for completion of a suspended game that is less than 3 innings when combined with another contest. A double header is considered two consecutive games (not normally the same teams). Volleyball NOTE: All levels are single game fees. Varsity 3 of 5 - $80 Junior Varsity - $40 9 th Grade 2 of 3 - $40 8 th Grade 2 of 3 - $40 7 th Grade 2 of 3 - $40 Tournaments: All levels regular season best 2 of 3, $40 Line Judges: All levels for regular season, $40 * Playoff Varsity 3 of 5 thru North/South: $100 / Line Judges $60 * Playoff all other levels 2 of 3: $50 / Line Judges $40 * State Championships : $160 / Line Judges $70

purpose of participating in athletics, even when special remuneration/inducement is not given, shall be a violation. It shall be a violation for a school to offer a nd/or grant special favors, privileges or inducements including payment of fees to a student -athlete(s) not offered and/or granted to a non- student -athlete(s) who attends the school. 3.2.3 The following individuals shall be considered school -connected: 1. Employees of the school, including but not limited to the principal, assistant principal(s), athletic director(s), guidance counselor(s), faculty coaches, and teachers . 2. Non -faculty coaches (paid or voluntary) who coach any sport at the school. 3. A student or other student participant in the athletic program /activity, such as a team manager, student trainer, etc., at that school . 4. Parents, guardians, or other relative of a student or other student participant in the athletic program at that school . 5. Relatives of a coach or other member of the athletic/activity department staff at that school. 6. A volunteer worker in that school or that school’s athletic program . 7. Members of the school’s athletic booster club(s) . 8. Members of the school’s alumni association . 9. Any independent person, business, or organization acting at the request or direction of the school to include stud ents, parents, junior high coaches, former students, and other such individuals . 10. Any independent per son, business, or organization otherwise involved in p romoting the school’s interscho lastic athletic /activities program . 11. Any independent person, business, or organization that is representative of the school’s interests when a member of the school’s administration or athletic /activities department staff knows or should know that the person, business, or organization is promoting the school’s interscholastic athletic /activities program . 12. Any independent person, business, or organization that has made financial or in -kind contributions to the athlet ic/activities depart ment or to an athletic /activity booster organization of that school . 13. Any independent person, business, or organization that contributes money to a school used to provide legal financial assistance to a student attending the school . 3.2.4 Specifically prohibited contact by school employees, athletic /activity department staff members, and representatives of the scho ol’s athletic /activity interests with a student who does not attend that school includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Visiting or entertaining a student or any of his/her relatives in an attempt to pressure, urge, or entice the student to attend the school to participa te in interscholastic athletics . 2. Sending, or arranging for anyone else to send, any form of communication to the student or any of his/her relatives, in an attempt to pressure, urge, or entice the student to attend the school to participate in inter scholastic athletics /activities . 35 3. Suggesting or going along with any effort by any person, whether a school employee or other representative of the school’s athletic /activity interest, or any other person such as an alumnus of the school, a coach or other person affiliated with a non -school athletic /activity program (e.g., AAU team, club team, travel team, recreational league team, etc.) , a coach of or recruiter for a collegiate athletic team, or a scout for a professional team, to pressure, urge, or entice the student to attend the school to participate in interscholastic athletics, or to direct or place the student at the school for the purpose of participating in interscholastic athletics . 4. Making a presentation or distributing any form of advertisement, commercial or material that promotes primarily or exclusively the school’s athletic program or implies the school’s athletic program is better than the athletic program of any other school or suggests that the student’s athletic career would be better served by attending that school . 5. Responding to an inquiry by a student or any of his/her relatives about athletic participation opportunities at the school with any response that pressures, urges or entices th e student to attend that school . 6. Providing transportation to the student or any of his/her relatives to visit the school, to take an entrance ex amination for the school, to participate in an athletic tryout at the school, or to meet with a school employee, athletic /activity department staff member or other representative or the school’s athletic /activity interests as part of an effort to pressure, urge to facilitate the student’s attendance at that school to participate in interscholastic athletics /activities . 7. Having contact with a student or the student’s parents pri or to enrollment in the school for the purpose of discussing enrollment. 8. Making statements to prospective students such as, “we woul d like to have you play for us,” “you would look good in our uniform ,” “you could make a difference for our team,” etc.

Executive Committee at the MHSAA office within 5 calendar days from the date of the school receiving the Notice of Penalty. The request shall also include a summary of the basis of the appeal and any supporting documentation. Untimely appeals will not be considere d. 4.13.2 The decision of the Executive Committee shall be final . 4.13.3 Should the Executive Committee uphold the Notice of Penalty, the school appealing the Noti ce of Penalty shall pay the cost of the committee member s per diem and round- trip mileage. Refer Article 4, Governance, 4.1.8. 49 SECTION 5: ADMINISTRATION/SPORTSMANSHIP/COACHING/SUPERVISION

4.5.1 The arbitration procedure shall be as follows: 1. The arbitration shall generally comply with the spirit of t he rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association. 2. The arbitrator shall be approved by agreement of the parties. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, the parties shall each select their preferred arbitrator, and the two preferred arbitrators shall select a different arbitrator to hear the matter. 3. Arbitration shall be implemented only after all MHSAA remedies have been exhausted, including appeals to the Executive Committee. 4. The issue that the arbitrator shall decide is whether the Executive Committee’s decision was arbitrary, capricious, and lacked substantial evidence based on the information before the 39 Executive Committee at the time of the decision. As a result, the arbitrator shall not consider information that was not before the Executive Committee at the time of the decision. 5. The parties are limited to a 5-page written submission to the arbitrator explaining their respective position regarding the decision. 6. Unless otherwise directed by the arbitrator, the arbitrator shall make a decision based on the written submission and other information before the Executive Committee. No arbitration hearing is required. 7. A school or student, through his or her parent or legal guardian, seeking arbitration shall be required to deposit a $2000.00 non- refundable fee to help defray the costs of arbitration . 4.5.2 The arbitrator’s decision will be final and not appealable or challenged in any court by any party.

4.8.1 For violation of rules of the A ssociation, the offending school may be fined and suspe nded by the Executive Director or Executive Committee for one calendar year, and no other member school shall engage in any athletic contest or activity with the suspended school during the suspension period. A school playing a suspended school shall also be suspen ded for one calendar year. 4.8.2 No student who was a member of a suspended team shall be eligible to participate in athletics or activities in any other school while the first school is suspended .

5.1.1 The Executive Committee shall employ an Executive Director with an administrative background and an interest in, and knowledge of, high school athletics. He/she shall be appointed for a contractual term of a maximum of four years. The terms of the contractual relationship shall be negotiated between the Executive Committee and Executive Director with advice of legal counsel. He/she shall be responsible to the Executive Committee for the performance of duties delegated to him/her by the Committee. 5.1.2 Extension of the contractual agreement with the MHSAA shall be contingent upon a satisfactory yearly performance review conducted by the Executive Committee. 5.1.3 Other personnel necessary to carry out the functions of the association shall be employed by the Executive Committee upon the recommendation of the Executive Director . 5.1.4 The duties of the Executive Director include the following : 1. Keep accurate minutes of the meetings of the State Hig h School Activities Association Executive Committee and the Legislative Council . 2. Submit proposals to the Legislative Council and Executive Committee in advance of th e joint meeting at which the proposal will be considered. 3. Keep accurate records of all state contests and eli gibility status of all students . 4. Furnish necessary forms an d information to member schools . 5. Receive and disperse money in accordance with policy set up by t he State High School Activities Association Executive Committee . 6. Renders quarterly a financial statement of receipts and expenditures to the Executive Committee and Legislative Council (electronically or by hard copy). The Executive Director or designee will also submit said quarterly financial reports to the Executive Committee for approval. 7. Perform work as directed by the State High School Activities Association Executive Committee. 8. Interpret the rules of the Association . 9. Rule on all questions of eligibility referred to him/her . 10. Penalize member schools and assess fines for fai lure to comply with regulations . 8 11. Has the authority to waive or reduce fines with valid written request from school administrator. 12. Investigate cases where irregular conduct s eems to have occurred . 13. Arrange and control of all state contests with all RFP’s and contracts for television productions and state championship sites approved by the MHSAA Executive Committee. 14. Serve as the Executive Officer of the Association in the execution of policies set up by the State High School Activities Association Executive Committee . 15. Meet with the Advisory Committees, when possible . 16. Investigate any cases of irregular conduct reported to him /her by member schools or district committee . 17. Request district committees to make investigations of irregular conduct in their districts and report irregularities to him. All requests to the Executive Director for rulings and all opinions rendered by him must be in writing. Oral opinions shall not be binding on the Execut ive Director of the Association . 18. Approve a temporary waiver until the next Executive Committee meeting of eligibility rules with the exception of the age limit rule for a student who in his /her opinion is faced with unforeseen, unavoi dable, or unusual circumstances. 19. Based on an annual job performance review by the Executive Director, recommend to the Executive Committee all other MHSAA personnel for hire, along with their determined salaries and duties.

designee at the official’s meeting prior to each game in the following sports: football, basketball, baseball, softball and soccer. 5.1. 4 The principal and his/her designee of the home/sponsoring school shall be responsible for the management and administration of each athletic contest/event including : 1. Preparing facilities for play, taking safety precautions and providing security. 2. Supervising the conduct of his/her coaches, players, support groups, spectators, and school’s representatives at the contest. 3. The security and well -being of the contest/event officials from the time they arrive at the contest/event until they have departed 5.1. 5 The principal or his/her designee of the visiting team is responsible for the supervision of the conduct of his/her coaches, participants, support groups, spectators, and the school’s representatives. 5.1. 6 Member schools are required to have an on -site administrator and/or athletic director present at home events. 5.1. 7 No alcoholic beverages shall be sold or consumed at any MHSAA event. 5.1. 8 Artificial noisemakers shall be allowed at MHSAA outdoor events (air horns, bull horns wit h sirens, duck calls, and vuvuzela horns are not allowed at outdoor MHSAA events , as well as no powder e.g. baby powder). No artificial noisemakers will be allowed at any MHSAA indoor event. 5.1.9 No pep bands will be allowed at any MHSAA indoor playoff event.

in session in the sport of football may engage in the following: 1. Be coached by their high school coach(es) 2. Wear helmets 3. Play under the sponsorship of a non -MHSAA organization 4. Play on the high school grounds with the written permission of the principal 5. Cannot wear shoulder pads , only helmets, shorts, jerseys and 5 -panel girdles (hip, thigh and tail pad) for safety and injury prevention 6. Summer 7 versus 7 / Pass Skell versus high schools will be allowed 57

6.5.1 For students who do not have an athletic period in a particular sport and receive permission to have workouts after school, will be limited to conditionin g and weightlifting only for a 9 0- minute period – no balls, bats, or equipment other than weights will be allowed. 6.5.3 Students who do not meet the requirements of the bona fide student rule shall not be allowed to engage in practice and/or strength and condi tioning workout sessions at a M HSAA school during the summer months unless the student is legally registered for enrollment in the school for the next school year. 6.5.4 Schools that share the sam e attendance zone with another M HSAA school shall not allow any of its coaches to conduct practice and/or strength or conditioning sessions with any junior high school student(s) attending any junior high school located inside or outside the school’s attendance zone during the school yea r.

6.5.1 A minimum of two Activity District meetings shall be held each year, one at the beginning of the school year, and one prior to February 1 of that same school year. 6.5.2 Items or proposals to be submitted to the Association for consideration at the next joint meeting of the Legislative Council and Executive Committee must be approved by a majority vote of an Activity District. 6.5.3 Beginning with the 2021 -22 Winter District Meetings, fine high schools $500.00 and middle schools $250.00 for not having a representative at each meeting. 6.6 Activity Districts The state shall be divided into eight geographical activity districts . Placement of school activity districts may be found on the MHSAA website, www.misshsaa.com . Activity District I: Aberdeen High School Alcorn Central High School Amory High School Baldwyn High School Belmont High School Biggersville High School Booneville High School Corinth High School East Union Attendance Center Hatley High School Ingomar Attendance Center Itawamba AHS Jumpertown High School Kossuth High School Mantachie High School Mooreville High School Myrtle Attendance Center Nettleton High School New Albany High School New Site High School Nort h Pontotoc High School Okolona High School Pine Grove High School Pontotoc High School Saltillo High School Shannon High School Smithville High School South Pontotoc High School Thrasher High School Tishomingo County HS Tremont High School Tupelo Christian Preparatory Tupelo High School West Union Attendance Center Wheeler High School 10 Activity District II: Ashland High School Blue Mountain High School Byhalia High School Center Hill High School DeSoto Central High School Falkner High School H. W. Byers Hernando High School Hickory Flat Attendance Center Holly Springs High School Horn Lake High School Independence High School Lafayette High School Lake Cormorant High School Lewisburg High School North Panola High School Olive Branch High School Oxford High School Potts Camp High School Ripley High School Rosa Fort High School Senatobia High School South Panola High School Southaven High School Strayhorn High School Walnut Attendance Center Water Valley High School Activity District III: Amanda Elzy High School Charleston High School Clarksdale High School Cleveland Central Hi gh School Coahoma C ounty High School Gentry High Scho ol Greenville H igh Schoo l Greenwood High School Holmes County Central High School Humph reys County High Scho ol J. Z. George High School Leflore County High School Leland High School M S Palmer High Scho ol Northside High School O’Bannon High School Riverside High School Shaw High School Simmons High School South Delta High School Thomas E. Edwards High School West Bolivar High School West Tallahatchie High School Yazoo City High School Yazoo County High School Activity District IV: Bruce High School Caledonia High School Calhoun City High School Choctaw Central High School Choctaw County High School Coffeeville High School Columbus High School East Webster High School Ethel High School Eupora High School French Camp Academy Grenada High School Hamilton High School Houlka Attendance Center Houston High School Kosciusko High School Louisville High School McAdams High School MS School for Math & Science Nanih Waiya High School Neshob a Central High Scho ol New Hope High School Noxapater Attendance Center Noxubee County High School Philadelphia High School Starkville High School Vardaman High School West Lowndes High School West Point High School Winona Secondary School Activity District V: Bay Springs High School Clarkdale Attendance Center Collins High School Enterprise (V) High School Heidelberg High School Kemper County High School Laurel High School Leake High School Magee High School Mendenhall High School Meridian High School Mize Attendance Center Mount Olive Attendance Center Newton County High School Newton High School Northeast Jones High School Northeast Lauderdale High School Quitman High School Raleigh High School Seminary High School South Jones High School Southeast Lauderdale High School Stringer Attendance Center Taylorsville Attendance Center Union Public High School Wayne County High School West Jones High School West Lauderdale Attendance Center Activity District VI: Brandon High School Callaway High School Canton High School Clinton High School Florence High School Forest High School Forest Hill High School Germantown High School Jim Hill High School Lake High School Lanier High School Madison Central High School McLaurin Attendance Cente r MS School fo r the Blind MS School for the Deaf School 11 Morton High School Murrah High School NW Rankin Attendance Center Pearl High School Pelahatchie Attendance Center Piney Woods School Pisgah High School Provine High School Puckett Attendance Center Raymond High School Richland High School Ridgeland High School Scott Central Attendance Cent Sebastopol Attendance Center St. Andrews Episcopal School Terry High School Velma Jackson High School Vicksburg High School Warren Central High School Activity District VII: Amite County High School Bogue Chitto Public School Brookhaven High School Columbia High School Crystal Springs High Schoo l East Marion High School Enterprise Attendance Center Franklin County High School Hazlehurst High School Jefferson County High School Jefferson Davis County High Lawrence County High School Loyd Star Attendance Center McComb High School MS School for the Arts Natchez High School North Pike High School Port Gibson High School Salem Attendance Center South Pike High School Tylertown High School Wesson Attendance Center West Lincoln High School West Marion High School Wilkinson County High School Activity District VIII: Bay High School Biloxi High School D’ Iberville High S chool East Central High School Forrest County Agri cultural HS Gautier High School George County High School Greene County High School Gulfport High School Hancock High School Harrison Central High School Hattiesburg High School Long Beach High School Lumberton High School Moss Point High School North Forrest High School Oak Grove High School Ocean Springs High School Our Lady Academy Pascagoula High School Pass Christian High School Pearl River Central High School Perry Central High School Petal High School Picayune Memorial High School Poplarville H igh School Presbyterian Christian School Purvis High School Resurrection Catholic HS Richton High School Sacred Heart High School St. Martin Attendance Center St. Patrick High School St. Stanislaus High School Stone High School Sumrall Attendance Center Vancleave High School West Harrison High School

7.12 .1 A school may play as an independent in a sport for no more than two consecutive years. If a school desires to play as an independent in the sport for a longer period of time, the school must play as an independent in all sports. Exception : A school starting a new sport or activity may play as an Independent for up to two years, or when the next reclassification takes place, which ever happens first. The school will then be placed in the proper region/district at the next reclassification. 7.12 .2 In the event a school enters a region activity and later withdraws from region play leading to a state championship or festival for any reason other than a providential hindrance, the school may be placed on probation for the remainder of the school year a nd fined $500 .00. 7.12. 3 Region contests are similar to and a part of the state program and are subject to the same regulations as state contests. 7.12 .4 No region shall reduce the number of recognized state contests. 63 7.12 .5 Member schools may allow their eligible students to take part in festivals or special events sponsored by other agencies. If such an event involves four or more schools, it must be approved by the Executive Director.

7.15 .1 All region meets or tournaments shall be held at least one week prior to state meets or tournaments. 7.15 .2 Region winners shall be sent to the MHSAA and the appropriate North, South, or State contest managers immediately following the region meet or tournament. In track, the schools qualifying for the North/South or State meet in one or more events shall on the day following the division, North or South track meet send to the manager of the North/South or State meet the following information : 1. The name of each event in which the school placed 2. The qualifying position of each team or individual 3. The name of each team member or individual 4. The qualifying school in the division track meets shall send the manager of the North or South track meet s specified fees for each team member and each individual who qualifies for the meet. 7.15 .3 The State Basketball finals shall be held not later than March 15. 7.15 .4 The State Track and Field Meet shall not be held earlier than the last Friday of April.

7.20 .1 In case of identical region records, the following tie breaker method will be used: 1. Head- to- head competition in the designated region games between the tied teams : for t hree or more teams this will be combined records of the teams involved in the tie. 66 2. How the tied teams did against the highest ranked or seeded teams in the designated games. Example: Kentucky 9- 3 Records: Arkansas 9- 3 Kentucky 9-3 Arkansas 9-3 MS State 8-4 Florida 7-5 Alabama 6-6 The tie would be broken by how Kentucky and Arkansas came out against MS State, then Florida, and then Al abama. Ties for first place should be broken first. NOTE : For volleyball only – the number of games won/lost in a match between the tied teams will be used before going on to the next step . 3. Points differential allowed in ONLY the designated region games involving the tied teams. Maximum Points: Baseball (10), Softball (10), Soccer (3), Other Sports (12) Example 1: Example 2: Clear -cut tie break for first, second and third Team 1 winner; Teams 2- 3 remain tied; (Revert to Step 1) Team 1 +3 Team 1 +3 +2 +2 - 1 ____________- 1 +4 +4 Team 2 +2 Team 2 +2 +2 +2 _____________ - 1 _____________ - 1 +3 +3 Team 3 +2 Team 3 +2 +1 +2 ___________ _ - 3 _____________ - 1 0 +3 NOTE : When more than two teams are tied and a team(s) is eliminated from the tiebreaker and two teams remain tied with identical score differences, the tiebreaker will revert to the first step. NOTE: Forfeitures will receive the same maximum points as used to determine a tiebreaker. (Ex: Football – 12 points) 4. Point differential allowed in the region games involving the highest ranked or seeded teams – ( Maximum Points used ). 67 5. Fewest points allowed in all region games – (No Maximum Points) 6. The two schools flip a coin NOTE: For Tennis Tiebreaker , See Rule Governing Tennis, Tiebreaker Procedure if Teams Have The Same Record – MHSAA Handbook, page 124.

The MHSAA Executive Committee adopted the following policy statement: The MHSAA supports the participation of students in interscholastic athletics within their own local conferences and at the state level where authorized. The MHSAA considers this involvement in athletics and in other student activities as beneficial to the growth and development of secondary school students. It constitutes an important dimension of the total educational experience. The MHSAA, however, opposes vigorously the establishment of any national athletic championship program for students enrolled in secondary schools. This position is held for these reasons: 68 1. National championships would provide an overemphasis upon athletics at this age level. Inter -district and state championships afford to athletes a high level of competition while not interfering with the sound concept of providing a well -rounded academic, athletic, and cultural experience for students. 2. National championships would require that students miss a significant amount of class time to train for and participate in the scheduled games. Many of the students are not sufficiently proficient in school to afford to miss additional days for national c ontests. Some in fact, could benefit from supplemental work in reading, writing, or mathematics to carry them beyond their active athletic years. 3. High School students are at an impressionable age and often are unable to handle adequately the publicity attendant to state -level competition. This problem would be compounded by national championships and would only further distort their perspective and their basic values. 4. An over -involvement with athletics interferes with the operation of schools for the majority of students. It is unfortunate, but true, that when athletics become too important, then classes are cancelled for rallies, special arrangements have to be made f or athletes missing their work, a “privileged class” develops in the student body, and the basic values of the school become masked by the momentary glamour of it all. 5. It is quite possible that commercial programs will develop to exploit athletes selected for any national athletic championship program. The MHSAA has no objection to the selection of students for recognition by commercial interests, but it would object strongly to an actual sponsorship of national high school athletic contests by commercial firms. Athletics are an important part of the lives of many students and adults. It is important, however, that a proper perspective be maintained so that promotional endeavors do not harm the many benefits which accrue to persons who participate in athletic act ivities.

7.23 .1 Beginning with the 2019 -2020 school year, the NFHS Sportsmanship Course will be the only program offered for the sportsmanship requirement. Below are the requirements that were passed by the MHSAA Executive Committee. • Coaches, student -athletes, cheerleaders, and dance participants in middle school and high school sports will be required to complete the NFHS Sportsmanship online course, at www.nfhslearn.com , which is endorsed by the Mississippi Association of Coaches and the Mississippi High School Activities Association . • It will be the responsibility of the head coach of each sport to insure that his or her team’s student -athletes and assistant coaches complete the NFHS Sportsmanship Course. *Junior high and middle school coaches and students must complete the NFHS Sportsmanship Course before their sports season ends. *High school coaches and students must complete the NFHS Sportsmanship Course before post- season play begins in their sport. • NFHS Sportsmanship rosters of high school teams participating in the playoffs will be checked along with the required playoff eligibility rosters turned in by participating schools. NFHS SPORTSMANSHIP schools will be notified prior to the first playoff contest of coaches and players who have not completed the program. *The high school head coach will not be allowed to participate in post -season play until all players and assistant coaches have completed the NFHS Sportsmanship program. 69 * Middle schools will be randomly checked to insure completion of the NFHS Sportsmanship program. A $500 fine will be assessed to middle school teams not completing the program. Who must complete the NFHS Sportsmanship program during the 20 26-202 67school year? • Any coach or player who has not already gone through the training must complete it. (All new coaches must complete the training.) • Any cheer or dance coach or participant who has not already gone through the training must complete it. • Coaches are encouraged to use the parent module at their team meetings. Middle school students who have gone through the middle school version do NOT need to go through the high school version if they are moving to the high school. Their sportsmanship certification is still effective.

7.3.1 MHSAA schools shall be allowed to compete against only the following schools in interscholastic athletic scrimmages, jamborees, invitational tournaments, and/or regular contests: 1. M HSAA member schools 2. Schools that have officially applied for membership in the M HSAA 3. Junior high schools (schools that do not have a 12th grade) 4. NFHS or SACS affiliated schools verified and approved f or competition by the MHSAA Executive Director. 7.3.2 All interscholastic contests played by member schools shall be conducted in accordance with MHSAA consti tutional provisions, by -laws, and playing rules.

7.4.1 MHSAA schools shall be permitted to engage in interscholastic athletic competition against high schools from outside of Mississippi with the following stipulations: 1. The school shall be a member in good standing with its state high school association that is a member of the NFHS. 2. The school is not a member of the state high school association but is permitted to compete against member schools of the association. 3. The school is not a member of the state high school association but is recognized and considered to be in good standing with an approved association. 60 4. The school is classified as a junior high school in that state. 7.4.2 When MHSAA schools compete against schools in another state, the contest shall be played using the playing rules that have been adopted by the out -of-state school’s state association. 7.4.3 When M HSAA schools compete against schools in other states, MHSAA schools shall comply with all MHSAA constitu tional rules and bylaws, excluding playing rules.

MHSAA Contact: Adam Jonson /marketing@misshsaa.com/ 601- 924- 6400, ext.524 8.0.1 Media rights for MHSAA regular- season events are administered and regulated solely at the discretion of the host school. Please make arrangements with the host school’s Athletic Direct or or Principal at least 48 hours in advance. The state association encourages schools to accommodate broadcasting and/or live streaming of their regular -season events in all sports. 8.0.2 The NFHS Network is the exclusive broadcast rights holder of all postseason events . Any unauthorized streaming of a postseason game is strictly prohibited and is in direct violation of the MHSAA’s contract with the NFHS Network. Any violation of NFHS’s exclusive broadcast rights may result in disciplinary action by the MHSAA or legal action by the NFHS Network. Please notify your fans, parents and local media of this policy.

8.2.1 Classification changes and redistricting shall be considered in even numbered years to become effective the following school year. 8.2.2 Beginning with the 2026/27 reclassification period , each classification in 5A, 6A, and 7A will be divided in four regions. Each region shall have no fewer than 5 and no more than 7 member schools. When forming these regions, the Executive Director shall consider geographic proximity and travel safety for students. While no specific mileage limits shall apply, every reasonable effort shall be made to minimize excessive travel distan ce for regular season and regional competition . 8.2.3 Changes in classification and districts shall be made at regular two -year intervals.

certified the enrollment figures and the figures have been received by the Executive Director or designee. 8.3.3 A school’s classification enrollment shall include all students in grades 9, 10, 11 . Each student shall be counted as one (1), regardless of the percentage of hours enrolled. 8.3.4 Students who may be assigned to another school for all or a portion of the day through a special program approved by the local educational authority shall be counted at the school where the student’s permanent records are on file. A member school may petit ion the MHSAA Executive Committee for special consideration for a reduction in enrollment numbers when that school has a unique situation that could affect the enrollment numbers enough to impact classifications. 8.3.5 Figures shall be doubled for all -boys’ or all -girls’ schools. 8.3.6 Beginning with the 2027 -28 school year, all private / parochial enrollment numbers will have a 1.5 multiplier (grades 9 -11). This will begin with the 2026- 27 reclassification period.

assist in the operation of the MHSAA. Refer to DragonFly for appropriate form. The Executive Committee shall regulate all financial expenditures, and determine all necessary contest fees, game percentage shares, and such other assessments as shall be adequate to meet the total expenses involved in the conduct of such activities, an d such proportionate share of overhead as deemed necessary. 9.1.2 Schools organized as four -grade high schools (9 -12) shall pay membership dues for all students enrolled. Membership dues based on the school’s classification. Refer to form in DragonFly. 9.1.3 Schools organized as three -grade high schools (10 -12) shall pay membership dues for all students enrolled. Schools allowing one or more ninth grade students to participate in interscholastic activity shall pay membership dues for all students enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11, and 12. Membership dues based on the school’s classification. Refer to form in DragonFly. 9.1.4 Schools organized as two -grade high schools (11 -12) shall pay membership dues for all high school students. Schools allowing one or more tenth grade students to participate in interscholastic activity shall pay membership dues for all students enrolled in grades 10, 11, and 12 . Membership dues based on the school’s classification. Refer to form in DragonFly. 9.1.5 Middle schools or junior high schools shall pay membership dues based on t he school’s total enrollment . Dues are based upon the enrollment reported to the accrediting commission for the current year and due to the MHSAA office by August 1 st of each year. Refer to DragonFly for appropriate form.

In the sports of football, basketball, fast pitch softball and baseball: After expenses, 50% to schools and 50% to MHSAAA. School expenses include: cost of venue, officials, workers, trophies, medallions. MHSAA will absorb: Executive Committee member expenses, hospitality expenses, school’s mileage. NOTE: Based on revenue received from each classification’s gate receipts. Schools will be responsible for any damage done to facilities during playoffs through the state championships. Should damage be reported to the MHSAA, $2500.00 will be withheld from the school’s share and that school will be placed on Disciplinary Probation. 15

SCHEDULE OF EVENTS – FRIDAY , APRIL 30 , 2027 FIELD EVENTS 10:00 Pole Vault (PV Pit 1) - 4A Boys Followed by 4A Girls Long Jump (Pit 1 or 2*) - 2A Boys Followed by 4A Boys Long Jump (Pit 2 or 3*) - 2A Girls Followed by 4A Girls Triple Jump (Pit 4 OR 5*) - 4A Boys Followed by 2A Boys 2A Girls Triple Jump (Pit 4 or 5*) Will follow 2A Boys Triple Jump 4A Girls Triple Jump (Pit 2 or3*) Will follow 2A Girls Long Jump 10:30 High Jump - 2A Boys Followed by 4A Boys High Jump - 4A Girls Followed by 2A Girls Shot (Shot Ring 2) - 2A Boys Followed by 4A Boys Shot (Shot Ring 1) - 2A Girls Followed by 4A Girls Discus (Ring 2) - 4A Boys Followed by 2A Boys Discus (Ring 1) - 4A Girls Followed by 2A Girls 12:00 Triple Jump (Pit 1 or 2*) - 2A Girls Followed by 4A Girls Pole Vault (Pit 1 or 2) - 2A Boys Followed by 2A Girls *NOTE: Pits to be used will be determined by wind direction RUNNING EVENTS 10:20 2A Girls 4x200 Meter R elay 2A Girls 800 Meter Run 4A Gi rls 4x200 Meter R elay 4A Boys 800 Meter Run 2A Girls 4x800 Meter Relay 2A Boys 4x200 Meter R elay 2A Girls 200 Meter Dash 4A Girls 4 x800 Meter Relay 4A Boys 4x200 Meter R elay 4A Girls 200 Meter Dash 2A Boys 4x800 Meter Relay 4A Boys 4x800 Meter Relay 2A Girls 1600 Meter R un 2A Boys 200 Meter Dash 4A Girls 1600 Meter R un 4A Boys 200 Meter Dash 2A Girls 3200 Meter Run 2A Boys 1600 Meter R un 2A Boys 200 Meter Dash 4A Girl s 3200 Meter Run 4 A Boys1600 Meter R un 4A Boys 200 Meter Dash 2A Boys 3200 Meter Run 4A Boys 3200 Meter Run 1:00 (May start a few minutes earlier ) 2A Girls 4x100 Meter Relay 4A Girls 4x100 Meter Relay 2A Girls 4x400 Meter Rela y 2A Girls 100 Meter High Hurdles 2A Boys 4x100 Meter Relay 4A Girls 4x400 Meter Relay 4A Girls 100 Meter High Hurdles 4A Boys 4x100 Meter Relay 2A Boys 4x400 Meter Relay 2A Boys 110 Meter High Hurdles 4A Boys 4x400 Meter Relay 4A Boys 110 Meter High Hurdles 2A Girls 400 Meter Dash 4A Girls 400 Meter Dash 2A Girls 100 Meter Dash 2A Boys 400 Meter Dash 4A Girls 100 Meter Dash 4A Boys 400 Meter Dash 2A Boys 100 Meter Dash 4A Boys 100 Meter Dash 2A Girls 300 Meter Low Hurdles 4A Girls 300 Meter Low Hurdles 2A Boys 300 Meter Int. Hurdles 4A Boys 300 Meter Int. Hurdles 2A Girls 800 Meter Run 4A Girls 800 Meter Run Awards Presentation 138

SCHEDULE OF EVENTS – SATURDAY , MAY 1, 2027 FIELD EVENTS 10:00 Pole Vault (PV Pit 1 ) - 6A Boys Followed by 7A Boys Long Jump (Pit l or 2*) - 5A Boys Followed by 6A Boys Followed by 7A Boys Long Jump (Pit 2 or 3*) - 5A Girls Followed by 6A Girls Followed by 7A Girls Triple Jump (Pit 4 or 5*) - 7A Boys Followed by 5A Boys Followed by 6A Boys 7A Girls Triple Jump (Pit 1 or 2*) Will Follow 7A Boys Long Jump 6A Girls Triple Jump (Pit 4 or 5*) Will Follow 7A Girls Long Jump 5A Girls Triple Jump (Pit 2 or 3*) Will Follow 6A Boys Triple Jump 10:30 High Jump - 5A Boys Followed by 7A Boys Followed by 6A Boys High Jump - 5A Girls Followed by 7A Girls Followed by 6A Girls Shot (Ring 2) - 7A Boys Followed by 5A Boys Followed by 6A Boys Shot (Ring 1) - 7A Girls Followed by 5A Girls Followed by 6A Girls Discus (Ring 2) - 5A Boys Followed by 6A Boys Followed by 7A Boys Discus (Ring 1) - 5A Girls Followed by 6A Girls Followed by 7A Girls 1 :00 Pole Vault (Pit 1) - 6A Girls Followed by 7A Girls Pole Vault (Pit 2 ) - 5A Boys Followed by 5A Girls *NOTE: Pits to be used will be determined by wind direction. RUNNING EVENTS 10:20 6A Boys 4x200 Meter Relay 5A Girls 800 Meter Run 7A Boys 4x200 Meter Relay 6A Girls 800 Meter Run 5A Girls 4x800 Meter Relay 7A Girl 800 Meter Run 6A Girls 4x800 Meter Relay 5A Boys 800 Meter Run 7A Girls 4x800 Meter Relay 6A Boys 800 Meter Run 5A Boys 4x800 Meter Relay 5A Girls 1600 Meter Run 7A Boys 800 Meter Run 6A Boys 4x800 Meter Relay 6A Girls 1600 Meter Run 7A Boys 4x800 Meter Relay 7A Girls 1600 Meter Run 5A Boys 1600 Meter Run 5A Girls 3200 Meter Run 6A Boys 1600 Meter Run 5A Girls 200 Meter Dash 6A Girls 3200 Meter Run 7A Boys 1600 Meter Run 6A Girls 200 Meter Dash 7A Girls 3200 Meter Run 7A Girls 200 Meter Dash 5A Boys 200 Meter Dash 2:00 (May start a few minutes earlier ) 6A Boys 200 Meter Dash ` 7A Boys 200 Meter Dash 5A Girls 4x100 Meter Relay 5A Girls 100 Meter High Hurdles 6A Girls 4x100 Meter Relay 6A Girls 100 Meter High Hurdles 7A Girls 4x100 Meter Relay 7A Girls 100 Meter High Hurdles 5A Boys 4x100 Meter Relay 5A Boys 3200 Meter Run 5A Boys 110 Meter High Hurdles 6A Boys 4x100 Meter Relay 6A Boys 3200 Meter Run 6A Boys 110 Meter High Hurdles 7A Boys 4x100 Meter Relay 7A Boys 3200 Meter Run 7A Boys 110 Meter High Hurdles 5A Girls 400 Meter Dash 5A Girls 4x400 Meter Relay 5A Girls 100 Meter Dash 6A Girls 400 Meter Dash 6A Girls 4x400 Meter Relay 6A Girls 100 Meter Dash 7A Girls 400 Meter Dash 7A Girls 4x400 Meter Relay 7A Girls 100 Meter Dash 5ABoys 400 Meter Dash 5A Boys 4x400 Meter Relay 5A Boys 100 Meter Dash 6A Boys 400 Meter Dash 6A Boys 4x400 Meter Relay 6A Boys 100 Meter Dash 7A Boys 400 Meter Dash 7A Boys 4x400 Meter Relay 7A Boys 100 Meter Dash 5A Girls 300 Meter Low Hurdles 5A Girls 4x200 Meter Relay 6A Girls 300 Meter Low Hurdles 6A Girls 4x200 Meer Relay 7A Girls 300 Meter Low Hurdles 7A Girls 4x200 Meter Relay 5A Boys 300 Meter Int. Hurdles 5A Boys 4x200 Meter Relay 6A Boys 300 Meter Int. Hurdle 7A Boys 300 Meter Int. Hurdle Awards Presentation 139

4.3.1 If a school or student, through his or her parent or legal guardian, is dissatisfied with an eligibility ruling made by the Executive Director, the school or student, through his or her parent or legal guardian, may appeal the eligibility ruling to the Executive Committee. The school, parent or legal guardian appealing an eligibility ruling may have legal representation present to represent their client , if they choose to do so. The fee assessed for conducting an appeal is $300.00. If the school and student, through his or her parent or legal guardian, seek an appeal of an eligibility ruling, the Executive Committee has the discretion to consolidate the appeals into on e appeal. The request for appeal must be submitted in writing addressed to the President of the Executive Committee at the MHSAA home office within 10 business days from the date the school received notice of the eligibility ruling. This request shall also include a summary of the basis for appeal and any supporting documentation. Untimely appeals will not be considered. 4.3.2 While the Executive Director’s ruling of ineligibility on a student is appeal ed to the Executive Committee, the student on whose eligibility o f an appeal is pending shall not participate in any athletic contests until his/her case is ruled on by the Executive Committee. In the interest of fairness to the competing schools, penalties for playing an ineligible player may include one or more of the following: 1. Individual or team records and performance achieved during participation by the ineligible student shall be vacated or stricken. 2. Team victories shall be forfeited to the opponent. 3. Team or individual awards earned by the ineligible student shall be returned to the Association. 4. The school shall be assessed a fine not to exceed $5000.00. 5. Other penalties allowed under these MHSAA Constitutional Rules and By -laws may be imposed on the school and/or individuals(s) to a degree in keeping with the severi ty of the violation.

4.6.1 The venue for any legal action brought against the Association shall be the First Judicial District of Hinds County, Mississippi. 4.6.2 Any member school, including an administ rator, athletic director, coach, or student through his or her parent, who is party to a suit against the A ssocia tion, shall be held liable for all legal fees, attorney’s expenses, and court costs if the final decision of the case is ruled in favor of the M HSAA. 4.6.3 If a member school shall permit participation by a player whom the Association has declared to be ineligible and litigation has been instituted to seek the Association ruling set aside; the school shall be penalized for playing an ineligible player if the courts rule that the player was ineligible. The sport or activity shall be placed on restrictive probation for a period not to exceed two seasons. Any one or more of the following actions shall be taken against such school in the interest of restitution and fair ness to the competing schools: 1. Individual or team records and performance achieved during participation by the ineligible student shall b e vacated or stricken . 2. Team victories shall be forfeited to the opponent . 3. Team or individual awards earned by the ineligible student shall be returned to the Association. 4. The school shall be assessed a fine not to exceed $5000.00. 5. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individuals(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.7 PROBATION: Types of probation that may be imposed on a school in violation of an association rule(s) are: 4.7.1 Disciplinary probation – the school shall be fined and disciplined in some other manner short of being denied the right to participate in home games in a certain sport or being denied the right to compete for championship honors in a sport(s) not to exceed one calendar year. If a school’s athletic or activities program (team) commits a violation while serving a disciplinary probation period of time, the school program (team) will be placed on restrictive probation. 40 4.7.2 Restrictive probation – the school shall be fined and restricted in some manner during one calendar year, including but not limited to being ruled ineligible to compete for championship honors in a sport(s) or activity(s) .

7.21 .1 Medallions will be given to first place, second place and third place individual winners. 7.21 .2 In team contests, trophies will be given and medallions to individual participants. In the sport of football each team will receive a maximum of 85 medallions for 7A/6A/ 5A; 75 for 4A /3A; 65 for 2A/1A. In the sports of baseball, basketball, flag football, soccer, softball and volleyball, each team will receive a maximum of 30 medallions. Extra medallions may be purchased ($5.00 each) from the MHSAA. 7.21 .3 Trophies shall be awarded to the first and second place boys and girls track teams in 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A and 7A . 7.21 .4 Medallions shall be awarded to first place, second place and third place individual track winners. 7.21 .5 Baseball , fast pitch softball and football trophies are awarded to the champions in the North and South 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A , 5A, 6Aand 7A classifications . Trophies shall be awarded to the first and second place winners in the state tournament. 7.21 .6 Cross Country medals shall be awarded to the first three boys’ and girls’ finishers in each of the six classifications. Trophies shall be awarded to the first and second place winners in the state tournament. Medallions are awarded to the top thirteen finishers (boys and girls) in eac h classification. 7.21 .7 Golf medallions shall be awarded to the first three finishers in each classification. Trophies shall be awarded the champions in each classification. 7.21.8 Trophies at the Region level of competition will not be provided for the following sports: Swim Cross Country, Bowling, Powerlifting, Archery and Track.

which are characterized by generosity and genuine concern for others. The excitement of the game can create potential concerns for fans students and officials. Fans and students are asked to stay off the playing surface for reasons to include: • Safety • Allows time for positive interchange between the players and coaches • Avoids confrontation between exuberant fans and downhearted players and fans of the defeated team • Preserves citizenship/sportsmanship atmosphere • Allows awards where appropriate to be presented within a reasonable period of time • Protects the time schedule of tournament contest which are not the last game of the evening • Protects the playing surface

called meetings each year or be subject to removal. 4.1.8 Executive Committee members shall receive $80.00 per diem, per day and government rate per mile round trip to attend meetings .

4.3.1 The Legislative Council shall consist of the President of the Association and forty -one culturally diverse members: thirty -two high school members (four from each of the eight activity districts), eight junior high members (one from each activity district), and one at -large fine arts member represen ting band/chorus/speech/debate appoi nted by the Executive Committee . 4.3.2 Members of the Legislative Council shall be full -time certified administrators, teachers, or coaches of member schools and must remain so through out their term of office. 4.3.3 The term of office for members of the Legislative Council shall be for a four -year period, staggered so that one high school member from each district will be retired each year. 4.3.4 Legislative Council members shall attend two -thirds of the scheduled meetings each year or be subject to removal. Meetings will be held in October, February and April. 4.3.5 Proposed changes to the Constitution, By -Laws, or a rule or regulation brought forth from district meetings shall require a majority vote of the Legislative Council concurred by a majority vote of the Executive Committee. Items acted upon favorably at one meeting shall be presented at the following meeting for final approval. 4.3.6 If the Executive Committee fails to approve a proposal by a majority vote, the Legislative Council may override the veto of the Executive Committee by a t wo-thirds vote of the Council membership present.

4.4.1 The Executive Committee shall hear all eligibility appeals at its next regularly scheduled Executive Committee meeting unless the school or student, through his or her parent or legal guardian, specifically requests in writing an expedited appeal and submits $1000.00 to the MHSAA to be held in trust pending the outcome of the appeal before the Executive Committee. The written 38 request for an expedited appeal and the $1000.00 deposit must be made at the same time as the written request for an appeal is submitted to the President of the Executive Committee.

6.4.1 Summer activities will begin at the conclusion of the last MHSAA state championship e vent (last scheduled baseball ga me or June 1, whichever comes first ), until the first day of organized football practice . Summer activities in all MHSAA sports at the school’s facilities, use of school equipment and sport specific apparatus are subject to the approval of the school principal.

Host School: _______________________ Site: ______________________ Dates: ________________ Contact Person: ____________________ Telephone #: _______________ Dist Secretary/Chairperson: ______________________________________________________ Class: ___________ District: ___________ Division: ___________ Region: ___________ Gender: [ ] Girls [ ] Boys | # of Games: _______ ( Times: Allow 1 1/2 hours per game ) 1. No game can be scheduled to start after 8:30 p.m. during weekdays. 2. Tournaments cannot end earlier than Friday. 3. Return this form to the MHSAA office immediately after your fall district meeting with top portion filled out. 4. Four teams will advance with the exception of 5A and 6A. Dates # of Games Times: Allow 90 minutes per game Mon ____________________ ____________________________ ________________________________ _____ Tues ____________________ ____________________________ ________________________________ _____ Wed ____________________ ____________________________ ________________________________ _____ Thurs ___________________ ____________________________ ________________________________ _____ Fri _____________________ ____________________________ ________________________________ _____ Sat _____________________ ____________________________ ________________________________ _____

7.14 .1 Each school is entitled to one representative in individual contests except platform contests and individual tra ck and field events. 7.14 .2 Each school is entitled to one team in group contests in division and state meets or tournaments. 7.14 .3 A basketball team shall be composed of a maximum of 20 team members in participation. 64 7.14 .4 The same team that represents a school in division meets or tournaments must continue to represent the school in the state playoffs. 7.14 .5 No school shall be permitted to use a “B” or second team against opponents in the same classification or in region and state playoffs. 7.14 .6 An athlete may enter as many as four events during a track and field meet. 7.14 .7 A platform contestant may enter two platform events in each flight. 7.14 .8 A school may participate in two games during the school week (Monday -end of school day Friday ). 7.14 .9 An athlete may enter a maximum of four events in swimming, no more than two of which may be individual events. 7.14 .10 A bowling team shall be composed of eight members, five of whom bowl in a match.

7.16.1. In any bracketed sport, when two teams from the same Region meet in the playoffs, the higher seeded team will be the Home team regardless of the round. Exception: Basketball. 7.16 .1 In state tournaments, teams must be entered as first and second but on equal footing. 65 7.16 .2 In all contests where a team draws a “BYE” in the first series, that team must play one of the winners of the first series in a second contest. 7.16 .3 Drawings should be made so as not to have the two teams from any one district in the same bracket. 7.16 .4 The top two basketball teams from each classification (boys and girls) shall advance from the semi -final tournaments to the state basketball tournament.

7.7.1 The principal shall submit, in writing, on school letterhead , a request to field a team. In the request, the following informa tion shall be included: 1. School name 2. Sport being added 61 3. If it is a boys’ team and/or a girls’ team being added 4. The school year the sport is proposed to be added 5. Varsity and/or junior varsity level 6. Placed in a region or playing Independent 7. Any other information deemed necessary 7.7.2 The principal shall contact the district chairperson and notify him/her of his/her school’s intent to participate in that sport and request to be included in the district scheduling.

7.8.1 The principal shall submit, in writing, on school letterhead , a notice that his/her school is dropping a sports team. In the notice, the following information shall be included: 1. School name 2. Sport being dropped 3. If it is a boys’ team and/or a girls’ team 4. The school year the sport is proposed to be dropped 5. Reason for dropping the sport 7.8.2 The principal shall contact the MHSAA with his/her school’s decision to drop the sport. If the sport is dropped after schedules have been made, the school shall notify each opponent that it will not field a team.

• Live Television : must contact MHSAA for permission and rights fees at least 48 hours before kickoff. Not permitted at Gridiron Classic State Championship games. • Live Video on Internet/Webstreaming : $750.00 (All classifications). Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours before kickoff. Not permitted at Gridiron Classic State Championship games. NOTE : All postseason streaming fees are waived for NFHS Network member schools . Visit www.nfhsnetwork.com/sbp for more information. • Delayed Video on television or Internet : $3 00.00 (All classifications). Must be delayed at least 12 hours after kickoff. Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours before kickoff. Not permitted at Gridiron Classic State Championship games. • Live Audio on Radio or Internet : $1 00.00 (all classifications). Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours in advance. • Delayed Audio on Radio or Internet : $ 100.00 (All classification). Must be delayed at least 12 hours after kickoff . Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours in advance.

• Region/Division Tournaments, First Round, Second Round and Quarter Finals (Fees are per day at one site) . NOTE: Checks made payable to the host school and deliver to Principal or AD. • Live Television : Must contact MHSAA for permission and rights fees . • Live Video on Internet/Webstreaming : $3 00.00 (All Classifications). Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 4 8 hours in advance. All postseason fees are waived for NFHS Network member schools. Visit www.nfhsnetwork.com/sbp for more information. • Delayed Video on Television or Internet : $150 .00 (All Classifications). Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours in advance. • Live Audio on Radio or Internet : $100.00 (all classifications) . Must contact MHSAA for permission 48 hours in advance. • Delayed Audio on Radio/Internet : $ 100 .00 (All classifications). Must be delayed at least 12 hours after start of event . Must contract MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours in advance. 72 • MHSAA Basketball Semifinals and State Tournament : NOTE: Checks payable to MHSAA. Live television not permitted at the State Tournament. Championship games will be televised through NFHS Network (affiliates TB D). • Live Video on Internet/Webstreaming : Not permitted – Semifinals and championship games will be streamed on the NFHS Network, www.misshsaa.tv . • Delayed Video on Television or Internet : Not permitted at State Tournament venues • Live Audio on Radio or Internet : $1 00.00 (all classifications) . Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours in advance. • Delayed Audio on Radio/Internet : $ 100.00 (All classifications). Must be delayed at least 12 hours after start of event. Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours in advance.

• First Round, Second Round and North/South : Fees are per day at one site. NOTE: Check payable to host school. • Live Television : Must contact MHSAA for permission and rights fees. Championships are not permitted, streamed on the NFHS Network, www.misshsaa.tv . • Live Video on Internet/Webstreaming : $ 200.00 (All classifications). Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours in advance. All postseason fees are waived for NHFS Network member schools. Visit www.nfhsnetwork.com/spb for information. • Delayed Video on Television or Internet: $ 100.00 (All classifications). Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours in advance. • Live Audio on Radio or Internet : $100.00 (All classifications) / Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours in advance. • Live Video on Internet/Webstreaming : Not permitted – Championship matches will be streamed on the NFHS Network, www.misshsaa.tv . • Delayed Video on Television or Internet : Not permitted at State Championship venue • Live Audio on Radio or Internet : Championships $100.00 (All classifications) contact MHSAAA for permission 48 hours prior.

• Fees are per day at one site. • NOTE: Internet streaming fees are waived for NFHS Network affiliated schools only. For more information on the NFHS Network School Broadcasting program, www.nfhsnetwork.com/sbp . • Live Television : Must contact MHSAA for permission and rights fees at least 48 hours in advance. Not permitted at State Championship series. • Live Video Streaming : $ 200.00 (All classifications). Not permitted at State Championship series. Non -NFHS Network schools must get pre -approval from MHSAA at least 12 hours before first pitch. • Delayed Television or Video Streaming : $100.00 (All classifications). Must be delayed at least 12 hours after first pitch. Not permitted at State Championship series. Must contact MHSAA for permission and rights fees at least 48 hours in advance . • Live Audio on Radio or Internet : $100.00 (all classifications). Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours prior. • Delayed Audio on Radio or Internet : $100.00 (All classifications) . Must be delayed at least 12 hours after first pitch. Must contact MHSAA for permission at least 48 hours in advance. 73

2.20.1 In a school district or city having two or more high schools, a student who has completed eighth grade shall choose the high school he/she will attend . When a student has chosen a high school and enrolled in and attended that school for one day or longer, the school of his/her choice shall become his/her home school. 2.20.2 In a junior high school situation, the choice of grade nine in a given junior high school becomes the c hoice of the senior high school designated by the local school board as the feeder school for that high school.

zone of the new me mber school, but who atten ded that school for at le ast the preceding calendar year prior to the school’s admittance in the MHSAA, shall be immediately eligible. Otherwise, the student shall be ineligible until he/she has attended the new member school for one calendar year from the date of enrollment in that school.

2.5.1 If a school or student chooses to be virtual – this is considered being home schooled and no participation will be allowed in athletics or activities. 2.5.2 For participation, a student shall be a bona fide student . He/she shall be legally enrolled in a MHSAA member school, take the required number of subjects for graduation by his/h er local district and conduct himself/herself appropriately. State Statute 37 -15- 9, Section A, the family must be a legal resident of the state of Mississippi . 2.5.3 For junior high/middle school activities, a student must be a bona fide student . He/she shall be enrolled in a n MHSAA member school, take four basic courses (any subject that meets the equivalent of at least 250 minutes per week or meets the Mississippi Department of Education requirement and conduct himself/herself appropriately ). 2.5.4 A student in a home bound or home -schooled program shall not be cons idered a bona fide student at a MHSAA member school. Refer to rule 2.5.2 . 2.5.5 A student may not have participated in activities/athletics above the high school level.

4.1.1 If a principal believes that a school has violated a M HSAA rule and wants the possible infraction investigated, he/she must submit a signed written complaint to the Executive Director stating the name of the school, the rule(s) that he/she believes it has violated, the name(s) of the coach(es) and/or student(s) involved in the alleged violation , and as much relevant , detailed information of which he/she has knowledge. The Executive Director shall have unlimited authority to investigate the case and impose a penalty. A school penalized under this code shall have the privilege to appeal to the Executive Committee. 4.1.2 The Executive Director shall have the authority to investigate any unreported violation(s) he/she deems necessary. 4.1.3 Upon request from the Executive Director, the principal sh all be required to provide the M HSAA with the following official records: 1. Student’s legal proof of birth 2. Copy of student’s current physical examination 3. Copy of student’s current class schedule 4. Copy of student’s report card(s) 5. Copy of student’s official school transcript 6. Scorebook(s) 7. Other records/information necessary to determine a student’s eligibility status 8. Contracts of contests between schools 9. School enrollment records for classification purposes 10. Parental Consent Form 11. Tuition and fees 12. Records relating to financial assistance 4.1.4 Upon request from the Executive Director, the principal shall be required to provide the MHSAA with the following reports/ information: 1. Information on sportsmanship matters 2. Information on using an ineligible player 3. Information on alleged violations 4. Information that may be relevant to M HSAA business 4.1.5 A school failing to furnish necessary reports and/or information or failing to comply with other rules of the association, after due notice, shall be penalized to a degree in keeping with the 37 situation, including suspension from the M HSAA, until such time as it complies with the rule(s) and pays any fines imposed.

8.1.1 Membership classification shall be used for administration and competition purposes. A school may not participate in a classification below that mandated by its enrollment. Enrollment is based on the Mississippi State Department of Education figures. 8.1.2 Official titles of the MHSAA classifications shall be Class 7A, 6A, 5A, 4A, 3A, 2A, and 1A. 8.1.3 Beginning with the 2022 -23 school year, reclassification will be based on enrollment figures in grades 9 – 11. 8.1. 4 Beginning with the 2023 -24 school year, the top 24 member schools with the greatest enrollment in grades 9 – 11 will be classified as 7A. The next 24 schools will be classified as 6A, the following 24 schools will be classified as 5A; 4A will be the next 40 member schools; 3A next 40 schools, followed by 2A the next 40 schools. The remaining member schools will be classified as 1A.

8.3.1 In a classification year, a school’s classification shall be based on its total enrollment i n grades 9 - 11 as of October 1 of the current school year as verified by the Mississippi Department of Education. The Executive Director or his/her designee shall obtain the enroll ment numbers from 13 MDE. School enrollments reported to the MDE shall be considered official for classification purposes.

8.4.1 The Executive Director’s duties include the following: 1. Conduct meetings with staff to classify and district schools . 2. Verify the classifica tion enrollments of all schools . 3. Divide classifications . 4. Place schools in proper classifications . 5. Adopt a final plan for the division of schools, subject to appr oval of the Executive Committee. 6. Consider schools’ requests to compete in certain regions . 7. Place schools in regions by sport and number districts within classifications subject of the approval of the E xecutive Committee , whose decision shall be final . 8. Schools may request, in writing to the Executive Director, to appear before the Executive Committee to appeal their classification placement. Schools shall have five (5) days after the date of Executive Committee approval to appeal their placement. 14

5.7.1 No team or individual shall be permitted to participate in a contest without the presence of a faculty coach, or a certified para -professional coach from the school he/she represents. 5.7 .2 If the faculty coach or para -professional coach, serving as head coach , is ejected from a contest and there are no other faculty or para -professional coaches at the contest, a faculty member from the school shall be allowed to represent the school in the contest if he/she has written permission from the school principal. This written permission shall be shown to the head contest official before the fac ulty member can represent the school and coach the team.

including: colleges, individual schools or school districts, community school programs, etc. For a member school and/or coaches to sponsor a sports camp/clinic for students in grades 7 -12, the camp/clinic must be promoted and advertised in public media and be opened to students from more than one school. Sports camps/clinics sponsored by member schools and/or coaches shall be allowed only during the summer period. The camp/clinic shall be from one to five days in length, and all days must be consecutive. 6.6.3 Member schools and/or coaches shall not pay fees, meals, lodging, or other expenses on behalf of student -athletes. Free sports camp/clinics are permissible provided the camp/clinic is free to everyone. 6.6. 4 Student athletes in grades 7 -12 may attend as many individual or team camps/clinics of their choosing during the out -of-season and summer periods on an unattached basis provided they do so at their own expense. Student -athletes shall NOT attend any type of camp/clinic in a sport once that sport season has started, and the athlete has officially reported for membership on the school team. 6.6. 5 Students may take private lesson s at any time provided they do so at their own expense. 6.6. 6 Coaches may coach their son or daughter at any time on an individual basis. This does not give a coach the authority to coach an entire team on which their son/daughter may be partic ipating . 58 SECTION 7: ATHLETIC CONTESTS

7.11 .1 School representatives shall not, even by mutual agreement, waive or modify any part of the contest rules specified in this article or any applicable M HSAA rules. 7.11 .2 Contest officials shall not waive or modify any part of the contest rules adopted by the MHSAA nor any MHSAA constitutional rules or by- laws.

7.13 .1 Winners of first and second places in region individual contests and winners of first and second place division team contests. 7.13 .2 Teams that are placed in regions for competition will advance the top four teams. 7.13 .3 Winners of first, second , third and fourth places in Division Trac k Meets, Region Meets and North/South Meets are eligible to participate in the State Meet. 7.13 .4 The first and second place team winners with at least a qualifying score of 345 (boys), 200 (7A girls), 215 (6A -Class I girls) in the Division Golf Tournament shall be certified to play in the State Golf Tournament. 7.13. 5 The first and second place individual winners from each region are eligible to play in the State Golf Tournament. 7.13 .6 Alternates may be submitted in both literary and athletic events, provided they are certified b y the division officials. This means that alternates must be certified in the order that they place in division contests. 7.13 .7 In team events, after qualifying for an event in a division meet or tournament, a school may substitute a team member between meets or tournaments leading to a state championship, but no school will be permitted to substitute a complete team between meets or tournaments. Any team member, before being substituted for, must be disabled for further participation because of illness or accident. In tennis (individual doubles event), a school may substitute one member of a doubles team between the division and state tournament if the participant is injured or sick. The substitute must be a player who did not participate in the division tournament. 7.13 .8 In swimming, the fastest six from the North meet and fastest six from the South meet (each classi fication), plus the next fastest four from either meet will advance to the state meet . 7.13 .9 In bowling, the top two teams in each region and class, plus the next two top scoring teams within each class, will advance to the state tournament.

7.17 .1 Judges in all literary and music contests shall be competent, disinterest persons selected for the district by the district committee and for state competition by the state chairperson of debate, platform, piano, and choral divisions. 7.17 .2 Adjudicators for the State Band Festival shall be selected by the Executive Director. 7.17 .3 Game officials for all State tournaments shall be selected by the Executive Director or his designated representative. 7.17 .4 All game officials shall be neutral officials, including clock operators. 7.17 .5 Under no circumstances shall relatives of players serve as officials.

7.19 .1 Contestants expenses in an interschool contest are a matter to be arranged by mutual agreement. Where there is not an agreement, it is understood the visitors will pay their own expenses. 7.19 .2 Expenses to region or state contests shall be paid by contestants or individual schools. 7.19 .3 Expenses of judges and officials for interschool contests shall be paid by the host school. 7.19 .4 Expenses for divisions or state contests shall be paid by the district unit or state association.

4 x 200 Meter Relay (girls) 3200 Meter Run ( boys )* Triple Jump (girls) 4 x 200 Meter Relay ( boys ) 4 x 400 Meter Relay (girls) Long Jump (boys)

1 1 0 Meter High Hurdles ( boys ) 800 Meter Run ( boys ) Discus Throw (boys) 1 00 Meter Dash ( girl s) 2 00 Meter Dash (girls ) Discus Throw (girls)

Pontotoc , MS. 38824 Ellisville, MS. 39437 Phone: 662 -365- 1000 Phone: 601 -649- 5201 Chris Fleming, Superintendent (202 9) Preston Nailor, Principal (20 30) Senatobia Municipal Schoo l District Ridgeland High School 104 McKie Street 586 Sunnybrook Rd. Senatobia, MS 38 863 Ridgeland, MS 39157 Phone: 662 -489- 3336 Phone: 601 -898- 5023 Shane Jones, Principal (202 9) Tommy Clopton, Principal (202 8) DeSoto C entral High School Wesson Attendance Center

Iuka, MS 38852 Forest, MS 39074 Phone: 662 -423- 3206 Phone: 601 -469- 3250 82 2026-2027 LEGISLATIVE BODY Di strict I Bo Sandlin, Principal , East Union 1A/2A 2029 Ken Adams , A.D., Mantachie 3A 2027 Shane Sanderson, A.D., New Albany 4A 2027 Jason Miller, A.D., Tupelo 5A/6A/7A 2027 *Jim Matthews, Principal, North Pontotoc Di strict II Chris Daniels, A.D., Potts Camp 1A /2A 2028 Kristopher Clanton, A.D., Independence 3A 2029 Chad Sinquefield, A.D., Senatobia 4A 2029 Chris Baughman, A.D., Oxford 5A/6A /7A 2028 *Jimmy Murphrey, Coach, Lafayette Di strict III Cortez Johnson, Asst Principal, Simmons 1A/2A 2027 Damaris Mitchell, Coach, T.E. Edwards 3A 2027 Clinton Gatewood, A.D., Greenwood 4A 2030 Taylor Taylor, Coach, Cleveland Cent 5A/6A /7A 2028 Demarcus McKinley, A.D., North Bolivar Di strict IV Paul Courtney , Coach, Nanih Waiya 1A/2A 2028 Veronica Helms, A.D., Winona 3A 2030 Casey Orr, As sistant AD , Kosciusko 4A 2028 Jonathan Jones, Coach, Neshoba Central 5A/6A /7A 2028 *Carl Hathorn, Coach, Choctaw County D is trict V Leonardo Thompson, A.D., Kemper County 1A/2A 2029 Brian Goodman , A.D., Quitman 3A 2029 Lewis Lightsey , A.D., NE Lauderdale 4A 2027 Ryan Earnest, A.D., Laurel 5A/6A /7A 2027 *Dan Brady, Coach, Bay Springs Di strict VI TBD 1A /2A 2028 Will Hedgepeth, Coach, McLaurin 3A 2030 TBD 4A 2030 De vin Cooper, A.D., NW Rankin 5A/6A/7A 2030 *Michael Granberry, A.D., Pisgah Di strict VII Scott Leggett, Coach, Loyd Star 1A /2A 2029 James Brown, Principal, McComb 3A/4A 2029 Mandy Vinson, A.D. , Brookhaven 5A/6A /7A 2027 Gareth Sartin, Principal Bogue Chitto At -Large 2 029 *J eremy Loy, Coach, Wesson Di strict VIII Patrick Lee, A.D., Lumberton 1A/2A 2028 TBD 3A 2030 TBD 4A 2029 TBD 5A/6A /7A 2030 *Donny Fuller, Asst. A.D., Gulfport Fine Arts Member: Ida Mitchell, Stone High School 2027 * Junior High/Middle School Representative 83 2026-2027 DISTRICT SECRETARIES DISTRICT I DISTRICT V Larry Williams Tommy Parker 30351 Old Wren Rd.

2.19.1 A student who meets promotional requirements at the end of the school year but is retained in the same grade shall be ineligible for one (1) year. Please refer to the Mississippi Department of Education. 2.19.2 If a student participates after being declared ineligible, the school in which he/she is enrolled will be placed on restrictive probation by the MHSAA.

2.22.1 In line school districts where the school attendance area includes parts of two or more counties, students shall be eligible in that school regardless of which county the family resides.

th grade for the first time, a student shall be eligible for competition on high school athletic/activity teams for four consecutive years. Proof of a student’s entry into the 9 th grade shall be made available to the MHSAA within 24 hours, if requested.

NO INTERNATIONAL (ACCERATION ) ZONES 134 ------------- EXCHANGE ZONE ------------- 4x100 m Relay 4x200 m Relay 4x400 m Relay 4x 800 m 1st Exchange Yellow/Yellow Green/Green Blue/Blue Blue/Blue 2nd Exchange Yellow/Yellow Green/Green Blue/Blue Blue/Blue 3rd Exchange Yellow/Yellow Yellow/Yellow Blue/Blue Blue/Blue • LJ/TJ Runway 1 Pit # 1or # 2 All Boys L Js followed by Girls 7A TJ LJ/TJ Runway 2 Pit #2 or # 3 All Girls LJs followed by Girls 3A/4A/5A TJ LJ/TJ Runway 4 or 5 Pit #4 or # 5 All Boy s TJs followed by Girls 1A/2A/ 6A TJ NOTE : LJ/TJ Pits to be used will be determined by wind direction Shot Ring # 1 All Girls Shot Ring # 2 All Boys Discus Ring # 1 All Girls Discus Ring # 2 All Boys Pole Vault Pit # 1 3A/4A/6A /7A Boys & Girls Pole Vault Pit #1 or # 2 1A/2A/5A Boys & Girls • IMPORTANT - All BOYS 3200 Meter Runs will be run after the 200 Meter Dash in 2027 . Athletes, coaches and fans can access TRUE live results and team scores on their mobile devices through AthleticLive@ https://live.piratetiming.com/ during the meet. Complete results will be posted at http://misshsaa .com and http://ms.milesplit.com/ the evening of the state meets. A FinishLynx Timing System will be used to time the meet. Hip numbers will be used for all races. These numbers MUST be placed on the LEFT HIP, NOT the thigh and must be visible (not covered by a jersey)! Also, numbers will be issued to be placed on the LEFT SHOULDER in all distance races 800 & over and to each anchor leg of the 4x400m & 4 x800m Relays. Coaches PLEASE inform your athletes as to the correct position!!! Correct Incorrect Correct 135 136 2027 SUPER REGION TRACK SITES TO BE ANNOUNCED REFER TO THE MHSAA WEBSITE 2027 NORTH/SOUTH TRACK SITES TO BE ANNOUNCED REFER TO THE MHSAA WEBSITE 137

Southaven, MS 386 72 Wesson, MS 39191 Phone: 662 -536- 3612 Phone: 601 -643- 2221 Derrick Hooker, Ass istant Superintendent (20 30) John Archie, Athletic Director (2028) Hollandale School District Pascagoula High School P O Box 128 P. O. Box 250 Hollandale, MS. 38748 Pascagoula , MS 395 67 Phone: 662 -827- 2276 Phone: 228- 938- 6449 Macy Wilbanks, Principal (202 7) Will Wheat , Superintendent (202 8) Kosciusko High School Forrest County Agricultural High School 229 W. Washington Street 215 Old Highway 49 E Kosciusko, MS 39090 Brooklyn, MS 39425 Phone: 662 -289 -2424 Phone: 601- 582- 4102 Adam Dillinger, Assistant Superintendent (202 9) Starkville -Oktibbeha School District

3.3.1 Schools that charge tuition may administer school- based financial assistance programs for students who attend those schools. Financial assistance is defined as funds from various sources administered and provided by a school to students to pay or assist in paying costs directly related to their education at the school. Financial assistance must be totally unrelated to a student’s athletic /activity interest, potential or performance. 3.3.2 School- administered financial assistance provided by a school must be administered by the school; meaning that the school, through an established process that conforms to this policy, makes the final determination of the student who is to receive the assistance a nd the amount of assistance to be given. No student may accept financial assistance from any other per son, business or organization unless it is received from one upon whom the stu dent is naturally or legally dependen t. 36 SECTION 4: PENALTY CODE

Aberdeen, MS 39730 Laurel, MS. 39443 662- 231- 3703 601- 319- 5965 DISTRICT II DISTRICT VI Johnny Hill Richard Smithhart

4.1.2 The Executive Committee shall serve as the Board of Directors of the MHSAA. 4.1.3 The Executive Committee shall consist of fourteen members and the President of the Association . One member will be elected from each of the eight activity districts, and four members will rotate between districts 1 and 2, districts 3 and 4, districts 5 and 6, and districts 7 and 8. Two at -large members, one from districts one through four and one from districts five through eight, shall b e recommended by the Executive D irector . All members shall be approved by the Legislative Council and the Executive Committee . The Association will be sensitive to maintaining a culturally diverse Executive Committee. 4 4.1.4 Executive Committee members shall be employed as licensed full- time administrators in member schools of the association . Should an Executive Committee member cease to hold a full -time administrative position during his/her term of office, he/she shall thereupon become ineligible to be an Executive C ommittee membe r. 4.1.5 Executive Committee members are elected to serve staggered four- year term s and may be reelected to serve a consecutive term. Any member who has served two full consecutive terms shall be required to remain off the Committee for at least one calendar year from the expiration of his/her te rm before being considered for re -election . 4.1.6 Fifty percent (50%) of the Executive Committee members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

1. Employ a full -time Executive Director on a contractual basis based upon a satisfactory annual performance review process to be completed by May 1 each year. 2. Approve or disapprove all changes in the constitution, by -laws, rules and regulations of the Association. The Executive Committee shall have full authority to adopt rules and regulations which shall be uniformly effective and binding upon all members of the Associat ion. 3. Interpret rules and regulations when called upon to do so by the Executive Director. 4. Approve or disapprove policies recommended by the Executive Director. 5. Serve as an Appeals Board. 6. Transact all executive and administrative duties not delegated to the Executive Director. 7. Have final authority over all actions of the Executive Director. 8. Suspend district officers, after a hearing, for failure to perform their duties. 9. Authorize checks to be signed in case of an emergency. 10. Provide adequate bond for the Executive Director. 11. Provide for an annual financial audit. 5 12. Modify the application of athletic game rules when the common welfare of the activities program may demand such modifications. 13. Approve or disapprove a temporary waiver of an eligibility rule by the Executive Director. 14. The annual MHSAA Handbook revision(s) shall be approved by the Executive Committee.

RULINGS 4.11.1 If any school fails to comply with rulings of the Executive Director or Executive Committee, the school and/or individual involved in the noncom pliance is subject to being penalized as follows: 1. The school may be placed on restrictive probation and declared ineligible for championship honors in the sport in which the violation occurred for the season in which the infraction occurred, if applicable, or for the next season de pending on the severity of the violation. 2. The school may be suspended from the association not to exceed one calendar year. 3. Depending on the severity of the violation, the school may be prohibited from fielding a team at any level in the sport in which the violation occurred for a period not to exceed one calendar year. 4. The school shall be fined $1,000.00 per student/per contest/per sport (not to exceed $5,000.00 ) . 5. The school may be required to pay for the cost of all investigations and/or hearings connected with the violation. 6. Any contest(s) in which the student participated shall be forfeited. 7. The student(s) shall be ruled ineligible for a period not to exceed one calendar year. 8. The coach shall be penalized . The school may be required to play the entire sports season without the head coach serving in any capacity in the contest(s) in the sport in which the violation occurred. 9. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 48

1. Amend the Constitution, subject to appr oval by t he Executive Committee . 2. Amend the By -Laws or make new ones, subject to approval by the Executive Committee . 3. Make appointments as specified in the Constitution . 4. Represent their respective districts in Legislative Council meetings and make reports to their constituency on action taken. Individual councilmen have no authority except in Legislative Council meetings. 7

Starkville, MS 39759 Phone: 662- 615- 0013 North At -Large (20 30) South At -Large (20 30) Christie Holly , Superintendent Melanie Nelson, Superintendent Tishomingo County School District Forest Municipal School District

fre e online courses , “Understanding Copyright and Compliance” and “Band Safety” at www.nfhslearn.com .

5.4. 1 No school is permitted to use a coach unless he/she is a full -time certified employee of the school system. EXCEPTIONS : 5.4.

Bracket #1 #1 #5 #5 #4 #4 #3 #3 #6 #6 #2 #2

Bracket #1 #1 #5 #5 #4 #4 #3 #3 #6 #6 #2 #2 103 To u r n a m e n t D ra w i n g s

6.1 Member schools shall be assigned geographically to Activity Districts for administrative purposes. The principal or his/her authorized representative (assistant principal) shall be the voting representative at Activity District meetings.

an independent team without affecting his/her eligibility regardless of who coaches the independent team.

months will be allowed. 1. Tackle to tackle on Offense and Defensive Linemen only. 2. No ball can be used in these drills. 3. FULL TEAM (11 versus 11) drills against another school will NOT be allowed.

6.6.1 The M HSAA shall not sanction, endorse, ratify, confirm, or approve any camps, clinics, or private lessons.

#1 #4 #5 #2 #7 #3 #6 CHAMPIONSHIP WINNER 3RD PLACE 3rd & 4th Place 104 To u r n a m e n t D ra w i n g s

Oxford, MS 3 8655 Pearl, MS 39208 662- 816- 5472 601- 624- 7815 DISTRICT III DISTRI CT VII Willie Goins Mike Goff 1797 Camellia Dr.

7.1 There shall be four Advisory Committees, band , music (vocal ), spirit, and sports medicine. 7.2 The Band Advisory Committee shall be composed of elected officers of the Mississippi Band Masters Association. 7.3 The Music Advisory Committee shall be co mposed of officers of the high school division of the Mississippi Music Educators Association. 7.4 The Spirit Advisory Committee shall be composed of elected representatives from each activity district, a junior high representative, and one technical advisor. 7.5 The Sports Medicine Advisory Committee shall be composed of sports medicine personnel, member school administration, coaches and a member of the MHSAA staff. 12 7.6 Advisory Committees will be consulted in both athletic and activity areas when appropriate.

7.10.1 Unless otherwise adopted, the rules governing the various high school sports, as published by the NFHS and known as the National Alliance Rules , shall be the rules governing high school athletics in Mississippi. 7.10.2 The following contest rules have been adopted by the membership for activity/sports competition in the M HSAA: SPORT CONTEST RULES Archery (Boys & Girls) National Archery in the Schools Program Band MS Band Manual -Part II of MHSAA Handbook 62 Baseball NFHS Baseball Rules Basketball (Boys & Girls) NFHS Basketball Rules Bowling (Boys & Girls) United States Bowling Congress Rules Cheer/Dance/Drill Team MHSAA Cheer Manual -Part II of MHSAA Handbook / NFHS Choral MHSAA Choral Manual -Part II of MHSAA Handbook Cross Country (Boys & Girls) NFHS Cross Country Rules E Sports E Sports Manual -Part II of MHSAA Handbook Flag Football (Girls) NFHS Flag Football Rules Football NFHS Football Rules Golf (Boys & Girls) United States Golf Association (USGA) Powerlifting (Boys & Girls) NFHS Powerlifting Rules Soccer (Boys & Girls) NFHS Soccer Rules Softball (Girls) NFHS Softball Rules Speech/Debate MHSAA Speech/Debate Manual -Part II MHSAA Handbook Swimming (Boys & Girls) NFHS Swimming Rules Tennis (Boys & Girls) United States Tennis Association Track & Field (Boys & Girls) NFHS Track & Field Rules ( Indoor & Outdoor ) Volleyball (Girls) NFHS Volleyball Rules Wrestling (Boys& Girls) NFHS Wrestling Rules

7.18 .1 Game sites for all state tournaments for boys and girls are selected by the Executive Committee.

7.5.1. Submission of appropriate form and s anctioning is required by the M HSAA for competitio n against schools in bordering states, regardless of the number of competing schools. Refer to DragonFly for appropriate form(s). 7.5.2 Each high school association that is a member of the NFHS shall sanction the following contests through the NFHS: 1. Non -bordering events if five or more states are involved. 2. Non -bordering events if more than eight schools are involved. 3. Any event involving two or more schools that involves a team from a foreign country. 4. Any interstate event involving two or more schools which is co -sponsored by or titled in the name of an organization outside the high school community.

7.6.1 The following sports shall be recognized for boys only: boys’ basketball, boys’ football, boys’ baseball, boys’ golf, bo ys’ cross country, boys’ track, boys’ tennis, boys’ soccer, boys’ swimming, boys’ bowling, boys’ powerlifting, boys’ archery, boys’ wrestling and Co- ed Esports. 7.6.2 The following sports shall be recognized for: girls’ basketball, girls’ golf, girls’ cross country, girls’ track, girls’ volleyball, girls’ softball , girls’ tennis, girls’ soccer, girls’ swimming, girls’ bowling, girls’ powerlifting , girls’ archery , girls’ wrestling, girls’ flag football and Co- ed Esports. When a state championship is offered for girls, they may not play on a boy s’ team in that sport. 7.6 .3 The Executive Committee shall have the authority to add or eliminate a sport. The Executive Committee may consider add ing a new sport to the list of recognized sports at such time as 50 percent of the me mbership indicate s an interest in the sport. Any new sport that meets these requirements must successfully complete a two -year probationary period as a pilot program before final adoption as a recognized sport. The Executive Committee may consider dropping a sport from the list of recognized sports at such time that the number of schools parti cipating in the sport drops below 50 percent. The Executive Committee shall have the authority to make an exception to this rule as necessary for the satisfactory sponsorship of a sport.

1. Recommend rules and regulations for the administration of contests, festivals, and other activities that come under their respective jurisdictions . 2. Make plans in cooperation with the Executive Director for holding contests, festivals, and other activities within the jurisdiction of their respective committees .

7.9 .1 The MHSAA requires all schools to p rovide lightning detectors for all athletic events that require participants to be outside. 7.9.2 The MHSAA recommends all school systems have AED’s (heart defibrillator) in a location that all coaches and trainers are aware of. 7.9.3 All facilities shall provide a safe environment for players and fans. Non -certified facilities shall

determining the safety of outdoor activities. Please refer to the MHSAA website, www.misshsaa.com , Quick Links, Sports Medicine, for guidelines. If a violation occurs, the school will be penalized as if they were practicing out of season . 7.9.5 The MHSAA highly recommends metal detectors at all MHSAA athletic events.

Bracket #1 #8 #4 #5 #3 #6 #2 #7

Handbook. Request and financial forms are in DragonFly. The collection of all activity fees and the colle ction and final distribution of receipts from all contest s sponsored by the association shall be left to the discretion of the Executive Committee.

9.3.1. Refer to the MHSAA Sports Information Manual , which is considere d Part II of the MHSAA Handbook for guidelines and appropriate form.

9.4.1 Member schools are required to purchase catastrophic in surance through the MH SAA. Refer to DragonFly for appropriate form. *Note: Membership Dues and Catastrophic Insurance are on one form.

2.18.1 Credit recovery courses and accredited correspondence courses may be accepted in determining eligibility provided the course has been completed and recorded prior to the first day of the following year/semester.

1.1 .1 The superintendent, principal, coach, choral director, band director, or other designated representative of a school or school district shall be responsible for the following: 1. The conduct of those associated with their school at both home and away athletic events/activities. 2. The courteous treatment of visitors to their school during the game or contest. 1.1.2 The school shall be held responsible for any acts of violence instigated by school officials, students, or partisan fans. 1.1.3 The school administration has the responsibility to educate student athletes, coaches, choral or band directors and other appropriate persons regarding Association regulations that could affect them and shall monitor compliance with such regulations. Lack of knowledge of any eligibility rule on the part of the school, the student, and/or his/her parent(s)/ legal guardian(s) shall not be considered sufficient cause for setting aside a rule. 1.1.4 An annual security plan shall be submitted to the MHSAA office prior t o the first athletic event and m ust be adhered to at all events or activities. Refer to DragonFly for appropriate form . 1. 1. 5 The Executive Committee and the Executive Director of the Mississippi High School Activities Association will not recognize a plea of extenuation by school officials suggesting that they are not responsible. SECTION 2: ELIGIBILITY

4.12.1 A school is subject to be cited with La ck of Administrative Control if : 1. During a school year, the school commits flagrant rule violations considered inconsistent with wholesome competition , wholesome athletic program or activities program, incl uding sportsmanship violations. 4.12.2 Penalties for a school cited with Lack of Administrative Control : 1. The principal shall be required to appear before the Executive Committee and the Executive Director to answer the allegations against his/her school. 2. The school may be placed on disciplinary or restrictive probation for a maximum of one calendar year. 3. If the school commits the same violation(s) for three consecutive school years, MHSAA membership may be suspended for a maximum of one calendar year. 4. The school may be prohibited from participating in the sport or activity in question for a maximum of one calendar year. 5. The school may be fined a maximum of $5,000. 6. The school’s administrator may be reprimanded . 7. The principal may be required to provide the M HSAA with a written report detailing the measures he/she will take in a bona fide attempt to prevent a recurrence of the same of similar violation(s) in his/her school’s activities program. This report is subject to review and approval by the sub -committee. 8. The principal, athletic director, and/or head coach may be required to participate in the MHSAA/NFHS Online Fundamentals of Coaching course. 9. The school may receive additional penalties in keeping with the seriousness of the situation.

the expedited appeal will be set as soon as reasonably practicable at the discretion of the Executive Committee. If an expedited appeal cannot be reasonably set for the next regularly scheduled Executive Committee meeting, the $1000.00 held in trust will be returned to the school or student, through his or her parent or legal guardian, that requested the expedited ap peal. If the Executive Committee overturns or modifies the Executive Director’s eligibility ruling after an expedited appeal, the $1000.00 held in trust will be returned to the school or student, through his or her parent or legal guardian, that appealed. If th e Executive Committee upholds the Executive Director’s eligibility ruling after an expedited appeal, the $1000.00 will be retained by the MHSAA to defray the costs of the expedited appeal before the Executive Committee. To allow for more timely appeals, subcommittee(s) consisting of seven Executive Committee members may meet on a monthly or as needed basis to hear eligibility appeals. The sub - Committee will consist of seven Executive Committee members, three from the northern districts (Districts I -IV)), three from the southern districts (Districts V -VIII), and the Executive Committee president. The Executive Committee president will form the subcommittees for the sole purpos e of hearing eligibility appeals. 4.4.3 The Executive Committee has the discretion to conduct the appeal hearing in the manner it deems necessary to gather the necessary information and render a decision. At a minimum, the appealing party and the Executive Director shall have the opportunity to present their respective positions to the Executive Co mmittee. The Executive Committee may, in its discretion, sustain, modify, or overturn the Executive Director’s decision or take such other action as it fin ds appropriate. The President of the Executive Com mittee shall provide a written response t o the appealing party and to the Executive Director. 4.4.4 The Executive Committee’s ruling is final unless the school or student, through his, or her parent or legal guardian, submits a written request to the President of the Executive Committee for third party arbitration within 5 calendar days the appellant receives notice of the Executive Committee’s ruling. When a school or student, through his or her parent or legal guardian, request third party arbitration, the Executive’s Committee’s decision will remain in effect unt il such time as the arbitrator’s decision is rendered.

5.3.1 A faculty coach of an athletic team shall be employed by the school district’s school board and shall be assigned coaching duties by the board or the school principal. The individual shall hold the position of teacher, administrator, athletic director, or a combination of these responsibilities on a full -time basis by the school system . In all cases, the individual shall be required to be physically present and work at his/her school(s) during the entire school day during the school’s normal hours of operation. The normal hours of operation shall be considered the time the school begins classes for the school day until the actual end of the school day for the majority of regularly enrolled students. 5.3.2 A coach shall be allowed to participate in coaching spring football practice if he is employed by the school board for the next football season. 51 5.3.3 All coaches must successfully complete an American Red Cross first aid safety course. In addition, all coaches must become CPR certified (with hands on instruction ) by the beginning of the school year and must remain certified in CPR. Also, all coaches must complete Sportsmanship, Concussion and Heat Illness. 1. All new coaches (middle school and high school) must have successfully completed a first aid course by on or before August 1 of each school year. 2. All current coaches (head coach, assistant, or para -professional) must be certified in first aid . 3. All coaches (head coach, assistant, or para -professional) must recertify every five years from the completion of last certification date. (Maintain certificates of completion). 4. Approved first aid courses may be found online at www.nfhs.learn (Safety First Aid Course) e ndorsed by the National Federation of State High Schools. All coaches must complete: 5. An approved Red Cross First Aid Course for sports may be conducted by authorized personnel at a member school.

6.1.1 Sport s seasons begins with the first day of football practice through the completion of the MHSAA baseball state championships or June 1, whichever comes first. 6.1. 2 Designating sport seasons’ length is an attempt to provide balance to the athletic calendar and to afford students an opportunity to compete in a variety of sports throughout the school year . It is designed to prevent conflicts that may exist between in -season sports and out -of-season sports. The school principal shall be r esponsible for assuring that coaches under his/her charge are in strict compliance with the provisions of the sports season rule. 6.1. 3 The M HSAA sports season for a school team is defined as that period beginning with the opening date of practice as called by each coach within the official starting dates and extending through the school team’s last game of the season to include playoff games a nd the state championships, if applicable, in a particular sport. The actual sports seasons for an individual sport can be found on the MHSAA Sports Calendar of Events. 6.1. 4 Subject to the approval of the school principal, a coach may have out -of-season organizational meetings with his/her play ers or potential players. Other than these organizational meetings, a coach shall not organize, supervise, administer, coach, or direct out -of-season practices, games, meetings, or gatherings of student -athletes enrolled in the school. This includes tryouts and informal workouts for a particular sport. Restrictions do not include strength and con ditioning programs; these programs shall be allowed under this rule (subject to the approval of the MHSAA). Refer to the MHSAA Sports Information Manual, which is considered Part II of the MHSAA Handbook for appropriate forms. 6.1. 5 Subject to the approval of the school principal, “Open gym/field activities” are permitted if they are voluntary and not part of the team selection process and adhere to these principles: 1. Diversity of students – must be open to all. 2. Student conducted – students choose from offered activities and any coach of a sport under MHSAA jurisdiction shall not coach, instruct, critique, direct or participate in a sport(s) he/ she coaches. 3. Recreational emphasis – the program is not an organized program o f instruction and/or competition and there shall not be any organized drills, practice structure an d no instruction regarding offensive or defensive schemes by any person, including team members and parents. 6.1.6 The penalties for a school in violation of the sports seasons rule shall be as follows: 1. The school may be placed on restrictive probation not to exceed one calendar year. 2. The school may be suspended from the association until the violation is assessed by the Executive Committee. 55 3. The school may be suspended from participating in that sport not to exceed one calendar year. 4. The school shall be fined not to exceed $500 .00 . 5. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation.

shall represent only their school. 6.3 Each Activity District shall have a District Executive Committee composed of a president, vice - president, secretary -treasurer, and five committeemen. The president shall be elected for a one - year term, with the vice -president becoming president at the end of his/her first year. One committeeman from each classi fication, Classes 1A through 4A, and one committeeman representing classes 5A , 6A, and 7A shall be elected for four- year terms. The secretary/treasurer shall be elected for a five -year term. 6.4 The District Executive Committees shall have the following duties and powers: 9 1. Arrange dates and control all district contests, tournaments, and festivals wi thin their respective districts in consultation with the Executive Director . 2. Investigate, on its initiative or on request of the Executive Director, any cases of irregular conduct and make a r eport to the Executive Director . 3. Assist the Executive Director , upon his request , in securing informati on related to eligibility cases . 4. Aid the Executive Director in conducting hearings when schools or individuals are charged with a violation of the rules and regulations of the Association . 5. Certify the condition of athletic facilities within their activity district to ensure a safe environment for players and fans. Non -certified facilities shall not be u sed for interschool competition . 6. Appoint an administrator to fulfill an unexpired term of a State Executive Commit tee member .

football practice and ends with the completion of state baseball championships) an independent team (i.e.: club team, recreational team, select team, elite team, all -star team) can be made up of no more than : 7 football players, 4 volleyball players, 3 basketball players, 7 soccer, 5 fast pitch softball players, 5 baseball players, or 4 players 7 on7 teams. 6.2.2 An independent team is a sports team not directly sponsored or supported by a member school through the use of any of the following and may participate in summer league post -season play until the school year begins: 1. School uniforms 2. School equipment 3. Funding in any manner from the school’s athletic account or funding from the school’s athletic boosters club 4. Faculty or paraprofessional coaches of that schoo l during the individual sports seasons . 6.2. 3 A student who is a member of a MHSAA school team shall not participate in any manner in any event in a meet or a contest as an unattached contestant against a high school team, a junior high school team, a collegiate team, a club team or other unattached individuals in that same sport. One individual shall constitute a team in indoor and outdoor track and field. 6.2. 4 Other legal participation include s the following situations : 1. Participation at a professional baseball tryout camp provided the student has written permission from his principal. If a tryout camp is conducted during the high school sports season, the student shall be limited to participating in indi vidual drills and restricted from participating in any type of team play. 2. Participation in a sports clinic/camp, during the high school sports season, provided the student is limited to participating in individual drills and refrains from participating in any type of team play. 3. Participation in a road run as an individual and not as a school representative during the indoor and/or outdoor track season . With permission from school administration and the MHSAA. 4. Participation in sports not recognized as MHSAA sports such as rodeo or bicycling during a MHSAA sports season. Any subdivision or variation of a sport such as 3 -on- 3 basketball, or beach volleyball is considered to be a n MHSAA sponsored sport. 56 5. Participation on an independent team in another sport that is different from the MHSAA sport d uring an MHSAA sports season (applies to grades 7-12) . Example: Participating on an independent ba sketball team while the student is a member of the school baseball team. 6. An individual on a school team may participate in two showcases with the approval of his/her coach and school administration. 6.3 OUT OF SEASON – DURING THE SCHOOL YEAR 6.3.1 Schools shall not require or sponsor activities in the name of the school team outside the school season of the sport involved. A school sponsored team or group of a ny number of students sponsored by the school , which resembles the school’s team, is not permitted to practice or compete outside the MHSAA defined season for that sport. No competition between groups that resemble school teams (grades 7-12) may occur in that sport at any school facility and/or any other location with any of that school or school district personnel present. Exception: School personnel (including non -faculty coaches) , with permission from school administration, may coach independent teams outside of the sport season . The student participation 60% rule applies to these sports. Any coach that coaches a student from another member school renders the student ineligible at the coach’s school for the next school year. 6.3.2 Members of a school ’s coaching staff are not allowed to coach girls or boys players from his/her school sport teams during the off -season during the school year. Exception: See 6.3.1. No coach or non- faculty coach from a school’s staff of the same sport may hold organized practice or competition for its school or its feeder school players (students in grades 7 -12) in that sport outside the sports season during the school year. Any coach that coaches a student from another school renders the student ineligible at the coach’s school for the next school year.

9.5.1 Expenses for conducting Association activities on the state level shall be paid by the Mississippi High School Activities Association, except expenses of Legislative Council members attending the three regular, annual joint meetings of the Legislative Coun cil and Executive Committee which shall be paid by the respective activity districts. Expenses of Legislative Council members to attend special meetings shall be paid by the Mississippi High School Activities Association. 16 PART II: BY-LAWS SECTION 1: RESPONSIBILITY

Greenville, MS 38701 McCall Creek, MS 39647 662- 820- 7185 601- 384- 6748 DISTRICT IV DISTRICT VIII Joey Blount Larry Dolan 12870 Highway 21 North 139 Woodland Rd. Philadelphia, MS 39350 Hattiesburg, MS 39401 601- 575- 8953 601- 554- 6802 1 Sports Information Manual Table of Contents NFHS COACHES CODE OF ETHICS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 84 FINANCIAL REPORT FORMS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .......................... 85 STATEWIDE PASS REQUEST ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................... 85 PARA- PROFESSIONAL PROCEDURES ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 85 SUGGESTED REMARKS FOR PA ANNOUNCER – REGULAR SEASON ................................ ................................ .............................. 87 SUGGESTED REMARKS FOR PA ANNOUNCER – PLAYOFFS ................................ ................................ ................................ ........... 88 INFORMATION FOR PUBLIC ADDRESS ANNOUNCERS ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 89 HOST SCHOOL CHECKLIST ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................. 90 GUIDELINES FOR GAME ADMINISTRATORS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 91 PUBLICATION PRICE LIST ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................... 92 PLAYING DATES GUIDELINES ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ......................... 93 DRAGONFLY ELIGIBILITY INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 94 NFHS SPORTSMANSHIP ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENT ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 94 GAME SCORE REPORTING ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................. 95 SUMMER MONTHS RESTRICTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 95 MHSAA TEAM SCHOLAR ATHLETE AND PERFORMING ARTS PROGRAMS ................................ ................................ .................... 95 APPLICATION FOR COOPERATIVE SPONSORSHIP ................................ ................................ ................................ ......................... 96 ADMISSION PRICE FOR PLAYOFF GAMES 2026 -2027 ................................ ................................ ................................ ................... 99 MHSAA PLAYOFF AND CHAMPIONSHIP GAME BALLS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 100 COACH’S CHECKLIST FOR STATE PLAYOFFS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ 101 TOURNAMENT DRAWINGS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ......................... 103 TOURNAMENT DRAWINGS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ......................... 104 RULES GOVERNING SWIMMING ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 105 2025- 2027 SWIMMING REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............... 105 NORTH/SOUTH SWIM MEETS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 105 STATE SWIM MEET ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 106 2025- 2027 SWIM QUALIFYING TIMES ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 107 RULES GOVERNING VOLLEYBALL ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 108 2025 – 2027 VOLLEYBALL REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 108 PROGRAM INFORMATION FOR VOLLEYBALL CHAMPIONSHIPS ................................ ................................ ................................ . 108 RULES GOVERNING CROSS COUNTRY ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 108 2025 - 2027 CROSS COUNTRY REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 109 2026 STATE CROSS COUNTRY MEET INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 109 RULES GOVERNING FOOTBALL ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................... 111 2025 – 2027 FOOTBALL REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............... 112 PROGRAM INFORMATION FOR FOOTBALL CHAMPIONSHIPS ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 112 FOOTBALL PLAYOFF INFORMATION (FIRST ROUNDS) ................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 112 FOOTBALL NORTH/SOUTH PLAYOFF INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 113 FOOTBALL STATE CHAMPIONSHIP INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 114 APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF FOOTBALL BOWL GAMES ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 115 RULES GOVERNING SOCCER ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ....................... 116 2025 – 2027 SOCCER REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................... 116 SOCCER CHAMPIONSHIP INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 116 PROGRAM INFORMATION FOR SOCCER CHAMPIONSHIPS ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 117 RULES GOVERNING BASKETBALL ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 118 2025 - 2027 BASKETBALL REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 119 REGION BASKETBALL TOURNAMENT INFORMATION (ROUNDS 1 & 2) ................................ ................................ ...................... 119 STATE BASKETBALL TOURNAMENT INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ .................... 120 PROGRAM INFORMATION FOR BASKETBALL CHAMPIONSHIPS ................................ ................................ ................................ . 120 RULES GOVERNING BOWLING ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .................... 121 BOWLING INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................... 121 BOWLING REGULATIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................ 122 RULES GOVERNING POWERLIFTING ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........... 123 2025- 2027 BOYS AND GIRLS POWERLIFTING REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ .............. 123 POWERLIFTING INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................... 123 POWERLIFTING CHAMPIONSHIPS **TENATATIVE SCHEDULE** ................................ ................................ ........................... 124 RULES GOVERNING TENNIS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 125 MHSAA STATE TENNIS TOURNAMENT (INCLUDES TEAM SEMI -FINALS) ................................ ................................ .................... 126 RULES GOVERNING GOLF ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................ 127 2025 - 2027 GOLF REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 128 REGION GOLF TOURNAMENT REPORT FORM ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................ 129 RULES GOVERNING TRACK & FIELD ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 130 2025 – 2027 TRACK REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 131 TRACK ENTRY AND QUALIFYING INFORMATION / INSTRUCTIONS ................................ ................................ ............................. 131 MHSAA STATE TRACK & FIELD MEET COACHES INFORMATION SHEET ................................ ................................ ...................... 132 2027 MHSAA 2A & 4A STATE TRACK & FIELD CHAMPIONSHIPS ................................ ................................ ................................ . 137 2027 MHSAA 5A, 6A, & 7A STATE TRACK & FIELD CHAMPIONSHIPS ................................ ................................ .......................... 138 RULES GOVERNING GIRLS FLAG FOOTBALL ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ 140 RULES GOVERNING FAST PITCH ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 140 2025 – 2027 FAST- PITCH REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 140 STATE FAST PITCH SOFTBALL CHAMPIONSHIP INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 141 PROGRAM INFORMATION FOR SOFTBALL CHAMPIONSHIPS ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 141 RULES GOVERNING BASEBALL ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .................... 142 2025 - 2027 BASEBALL REGIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 143 PROGRAM INFORMATION FOR BASEBALL CHAMPIONSHIPS * IMPORTANT * ................................ ................................ ............ 143 POST SEASON BASEBALL INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 143 RULES GOVERNING ARCHERY ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 144 2025 - 2027 ARCHERY SCHOOLS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 144 ARCHERY INFORMATION ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................ 144 RULES GOVERNING WRESTLING ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 144 2025 - 2027 WRESTLING SCHOOLS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 144 2026- 2027 OFFICIALS FEES ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ......................... 149 NFHS OFFICIALS CODE OF ETHICS ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ............... 152 LIGHTNING GUIDELINES ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .............................. 152 84 NFHS Coaches Code of Ethics The function of a coach is to educate students through participation in interscholastic competition. An interscholastic prog ram should be designed to enhance academic achievement and should never interfere with opportunities for academic success. Each student should be treated with the utmost respect, and his or her welfare should be considered in decisions by the coach at all times. Accordingly, the following guidelines for coaches have been adopted by the NFHS Board of Directors. The coach shall be aware that he or she has a tremendous influence, for either good or ill, on the education of the student and, thus, shall never place the value of winning above the value of instilling the highest ideals of character. The coach shall uphold the honor and dignity of the profession. In all personal contact with students, officials, athletic directors, school administrators, the state high school athletic association, the media, and the public, the coach shall stri ve to set an exam ple of the highest ethical and moral conduct. The coach shall take an active role in the prevention of drug, alcohol and tobacco abuse. The coach shall avoid the use of alcohol and tobacco products when in contact with players. The coach shall promote the entire interscholastic program of the school and direct his or her program in harmony with the total school program. The coach shall master the contest rules and shall teach them to his or her team members. The coach shall not seek an advantage by circumvention of the spirit or letter of the rules. The coach shall exert his or her influence to enhance sportsmanship by spectators, both directly and by working closely with cheerleaders, pep club sponsors, booster clubs, and administrators . The coach shall respect and support contest officials. The coa ch shall not indulge in conduct, which would incite players or spectators against the offici als. Public criticism of officials or players is unethical. The coach should meet and exchange cordial greetings with the opposing coach to set the correct tone for the event before and after the contest. The coach shall not exert pressure on faculty members to give student special consideration. The coach shall not scout opponents by any means other than those adopted by the league and/or state high school athletic association. 85 Financial Report Forms All financial report forms must be completed on DragonFly . Please print form and send with check. Statewide Pass Request Beginning with the 2024 -25 all passes are $40.00 . Superintendents, Assistant Superintendents, Principals, Assistant Principals, Athletic Directors, Band Directors, Choral Directors, Cheer/Dance Sponsors, C oaches and all spouses of those listed, must apply through DragonFly to receive a statewide pass. Therefore, the Dragonfly App must be on your cell phone to enter the gates. Once the Dragonfly app is loaded, log into the app with your username and password. Once you have entered your username and password, swipe to the credential’s menu. The pass will be on this page if the pass has been paid for and approved. Each individual must have their own account for example : A coach must have an account in Dragonfly and the spouse must have an account in Dragonfly. Retirees must call the MHSAA office to see if they qualify. Steps to get a statewide pass if you are NEW : 1. Go to www.dragonflymax.com 2. Click “Sign up for Free” . 3. Enter your First Name, Last Name, Email, and Password, Click (I am not a robot) then Click “Send” . 4. Go to your email and open the email from DragonFly that has a verification code . 5. Copy that code in the next screen called “Verify Your Account”, then click submit (Review & Accept) . 6. The DragonFly page will now appear. Click “Get Started” button in the middle of the page . 7. Click the role you are in at your school: Athletes are the students in the sport or activity, Parents are the parents of the students, Staff are the employees of the school, Other School Role are spouses or board members . 8. Select state (Mississippi) . 9. Select your organization – high school, junior high school, or district office. 10. Review your information then select SAVE button . 11. Click on the Home Button and look at the bottom of the page . 12. Click “Request a Card” . 13. Select the card . 14. Answer the questions in the application form (Fill out each line) . 15. Upload a photo your yourself – if you’re doing the phone app, your picture must be on the phone or if you are uploading a picture from your computer – the photo must be on the computer before uploading. 16. Important: Click “Review” and “Pay” button to pay for your pass – or, if the school is paying then click “Submit” Note: Your pass will not be activated until it is paid for either by you or the school. Therefore, if your school is paying, it will not be activated until MHSAA receives the money.) 17. When your pass has been approved, you will be notified by email. Steps for statewide pass RENEWAL : 1. Go to www.dragonflymax.com . 2. Sign into your account. 3. Click the Home button – making sure you’re on the right page. 4. Click the bottom of the screen, “Request a Card”. 5. Click the correct Statewide Pass. 6. Make sure the information is correct under questions and make sure the picture is correct. 7. Click “Pay” or “Submit”. Para -Professional Procedu res The MHSAA Handbook states that no school shall be permitted to use a coach unless he/she is a full -time certified employee of the school system. EXCEPTIONS: Student teachers may be used as assistant coaches. Individuals completing observation hours prior to student teaching must complete para- professional steps. A school may employ a person who retired as a certified teacher from the Mississippi Public Employees Retirement System to coach. The individual must keep safety/first aid and CPR updated. 86 An off -site coach or non -certified district personnel (para- professional) can be the head coach in track, tennis, golf, soccer, volleyball, cross -country, powerlifting, archery, bowling, cheer/dance and swimming, bass fishing, chess or E Sports or an assistant coach in any sport. A Para -professional cannot be head coach in Football, Basketball, Baseball, Softball , at any level. The school using an off -site or non -certified district employee as a coach is responsible for submitting the name(s) to the MHSAA upon employment. Steps in preparing the para -professional for their coaching position: 1. Acquire permission from the MHSAA to use the individual. The principal or AD must submit in writing the name of the individual and the sport in which he/she will be assisting . All para -professional coach must be approved for hire by their local school board. 2. The para -professional must take the Fundamentals of Coaching and the Safety/First Aid modules by going on -line to www.nfhslearn.com . The Fundamentals of Coaching module is $75.00, and the Safety/First Aid module is $50.00. Payment for these courses is made to the National Federation of High Schools. Safety First Aid must be American Red Cross. No money is sent to the MHSAA. NOTE: Safety First Aid must recertify every 5 years. 3. Online test questions are included throughout these modules. 4. After completion of the module, the certificate of completion can be printed directly from the website. A copy of the certificate must be sent to the MHSAA . This certificate will be put in the school file. 5. A recent college transcript indicating successful completion of a safety/first aid course and/or a coaching fundamentals course will be considered in lieu of the above -mentioned online courses (within the last 2 years). 6. Once approved, para -professional coaches must take and complete a hands- on CPR training (locally), the free online Concussion in Sports (NFHS) module and the online NFHS Sportsmanship program, www.nfhslearn.com . Proof of completion should be kept on file in the district. 7. Additionally, all cheer coaches must be Cheer Safety Certified. Cheer coaches have one semester to complete this course after their hire date. The certification is good for 4 years. The cost of the Cheer and Dance Safety Course is $ 85.00 . Online registration is through NFHS website, www.nfhslearn.com . Refer to the MHSAA Spirit Handbook for more details. 8. All para -professional coaches must be approved for hire by their local school board. If you have any questions about the use of Para -professionals, please call LeAnna Dawson at the MHSAA office, 601- 924- 6400, or email ldawson@misshsaa.com . 87 Suggested Remarks f or PA Announcer – Regular Season Good evening fans and students. We ask that before rising for the playing of our National Anthem you quietly consider a couple of facts and actions you might practice during its playing. It is hoped that you personally will honor and respect every Milita ry Member who has given his or her life, so you are able to enjoy the freedoms you have been living in this country for which they fought. When you stand quietly while looking at the flag, you are showing respect for the sacrifices they made in protecting our flag and our valued way of life. P lease rise now for the playing of our National Anthem. The team, coaches, cheerleaders, student body, and fans of _____________High School extend to each of you a big welcome. We are pleased that you could be here. The high school athletes that are performing tonight are friendly rivals as members of opposin g teams. This basically is the theme of interscholastic athletics – the idea of friendly competition. The visiting team in every interscholastic game is the guest of the home team. The expectation is that they be treated as such. Profanity and vulgar cheers are abusive to other spectators and a reflection on your school and community. This type of behavior will not be tolerated and may cause your team or school to be placed on probation. People involved in this behav ior will be asked to leave the area with no refund or re -entry and could pos sibly be banned from future contests. The use of alcohol, drugs, and tobacco are forbidden at all Mississippi high school activities. Artificial noisemakers are allowed at MHSAA outdoor events ( air horns, bull horns with sirens , vuvuzela horns, powder of any kind, and duck calls are NOT allowed) . No artificial noisemakers are allowed at MHSAA indoor events. The officials are individuals who are assigned to administer the rules of the game according to the National Federation rules. Their experience and integrity qualify them for their part in this friendly interscholastic contest. This attitude o f sportsman ship should be reflected by all spectators, no matter what their personal feelings of loyalty may be to one or the other teams in tonight’s contest. A game managers conference has been held with administrators, coaches and officials to emphasize good spor tsmanship. Remember, sportsmanship begins long before the contest starts and lasts long after the contest is over! 88 Suggested Remarks f or PA Announcer – Playoffs Good evening fans and students. We ask that before rising for the playing of our National Anthem you quietly consider a coup le of facts and actions you might practice during its playing. It is hoped that you personally will honor and respect every Milita ry Member who has given his or her life, so you are able to enjoy the freedoms you have been living in this country for which they fought. When you stand quietly while looking at the flag, you are showing respect for the sacrifices they made in protecting our flag and our valued way of life. P lease rise now for the playing of our National Anthem. The team, coaches, cheerleaders, student body, and fans of __________________High School extend to each of you a big welcome. We are pleased that you could be here tonight for the state play -off game. The ____________________High School and the ____________________High School are playing this game tonight to determine which team will advance in the playoffs. These two schools are members of the Mississippi High School Activities Association and abide by the rules and regulations as set forth by the Association to maintain and improve high standards of conduct, competition, and relations with member schools. These are high school athletes who are performing here tonight; they are friendly rivals as members of opposing teams; they a re not enemies. This basically is the theme of interscholastic athletics – the idea of friendly competition. The visiting team i n every interscholastic game is the guest of the home team. The expectation is that they be treated as such. Profanity and vulgar cheers are abusive to other spectators and a reflection on your school and community. This type of behavior will not be tolerated and may cause your team or school to be placed on probation. People involved in this behavior will be asked to leave the area with no refund or re -entry and could pos sibly be banned from future contests. The use of alcohol, drugs, and tobacco are forbidden at all Mississippi high school activities. Artificial noisemakers are allowed at MHSAA outdoor events (air horns, bull horns with sirens , vuvuzela horns , powder of any kind, and duck calls are NOT allowed). No artificial noisemakers are allowed at MHSAA indoor events. The officials are individuals who are assigned to administer the rules of the game according to the National Federation Rules . Their experience and their integrity qualify them for their part in this friendly interscholastic contest. This attitude of spo rtsmanship should be reflected by all spectators, no matter what their personal feelings of loyalty may be to one or the othe r teams in tonight’s contest. A game manager’s conference was held prior to the contest to go over good sportsmanship with the admi nistration, coaches, and officials. The NFHS Network is the exclusive broadcast rights holder of this postseason event. Any streaming of this game is strictly prohibited and in direct violation of your school and MHSAA contract rights with the NFHS Network. In a few minutes, we will have the starting lineup of each team. At this time, w ould you please stand for a moment of silence. MHSAA reminds you when leaving tonight to buckle up and drive safely. 89 Information fo r Public Address Announcers Please see that your Public Address Announcers are apprised of the information contained in this bulletin. These suggestions, followed, could avoid some embarrassing situations. A skilled and well- trained individual should handle a public address system at athletic contests . The person should be one who is impartial; should have a very level head and a cooperative attitude toward officials; should have a “neighborly” spiri t toward opponents. Good citizenship must result from all interscholastic athletic competition. The p erson on the public address system can help create proper ideals and attitudes toward all aspects of the game. FOR THE PUBLIC ADDRESS ANNOUNCER DO NOT: 1. Ever predict a play before it is run. 2. Ever guess on an official’s decision. 3. Ever criticize an official’s decision. 4. Ever appear to be alarmed over an injury to a player. 5. Ever try to give little details of a play. Your audience is watching the game, also. 6. Ever second -guess a quarterback or a coach. 7. Ever be a cheerleader for the home team. A GOOD ANNOUNCER SHOULD: 1. Know the personnel of both teams. Use spotters if necessary. 2. Know the offensive and defensive formations of both teams. 3. Give only the essentials after each play is completed. 4. Give the down and yardage to gain before each play. 5. Keep statements short and to the point. 6. Know the signals which officials use for penalties – keep a chart sheet with you. 7. Accept some responsibility for seeing that the game goes smoothly and that the contest is used to build goodwill between the schools and communities. 8. Emphasize good sportsmanship by fans, schools, and participants. 90 Host School Checklist For i nvitational tournaments, classics, etc. 1. Host school must receive tournament approval for sanctioning the event before the event occurs. All tournaments must be sanctioned (catastrophic insurance, out -of-state team ’s approval, in -state approval of non -member schools, tournament receipts and expenditures). Third -party involvement as a tournament host must be requested w hen appr oval form is submitted (charity organization, non -profit group, booster club, etc.) 2. Game officials must be scheduled through assigning secretary . Officials must be assigned through the district area assigner. Payment of game officials must be through DragonFly or the proper school district process of issui ng checks . (Host school and game officials are accountable for all monies paid to game officials, W -9’s, etc.) 3. Host school is accountable for all funds involved in the tournament. Ticket sales, gate receipts, tournament expenses, workers, other miscellaneous revenue and expenses ... recorded in a tournament financial report for schoo l audi ting purposes. If payment of funds includes a third party (charity, non -profit, etc.), the proper school district process of issuing checks must be followed. 4. Host school administration is responsible for the security of the event. Adequate security must be provided in accordance with the size of the event (number of teams and spectators, parking, nature of facility, rivalries, etc.) . 5. Host school must provide administrator supervision (bef ore, during, and after the contest), and game management (taking care of game officials, pre -game coaches conference, game supervision, post -game activities, etc.) . 6. Host school should follow their Security Plan and Emergency Action Plan when hosting the event at home or at another location. MHSAA Handbook, page 44, rule 4.10.14 (Tournament sanctioning...) School in violation of tournament requirements: ... for failing to secure MHSAA approval, the school shall be assessed a penalty. 91 Guidelines for Game Administrators The MHSAA requires that each host school have a game administrator that is in charge of each athletic /activities contest s. The MHSAA Executive Committee further designates that the Game Administrator in all contests in football, softball, basketball, volleyball, soccer, track and baseball be an administrator or his/her designee, and this shall be someone other than the participating coach . The principals of member MHSAA schools are to plan properly for game administrators to be present at all home contests. The use of proper event planning will, hopefully, insure the successful hosting of the event. Prior to any varsity contest in the sports listed above, the game administrator is required to conduct a pre -game meeting with the game officials, security, and both head coaches. The purpose of this meeting is to make sure that all individuals understand their role in the athletic contest. They should understand the level of expected conduct each is to display. This meeting must include information of the following: § Welcome by Game Administrator. § Introduction of those present. § Reminder to officials that the MHSAA Executive Committee supports their efforts and that they are expected to enforce the playing rules. § Reminder to coaches that they are expected to always display the highest level of conduct . § Reminder to coaches that they should instruct their players to always conduct themselves in a sportsmanlike manner . § Security should be identified and reminded that they must follow the security plan established by the host school. § Game administrators should identify where they will be located during the game should game officials or security need them for any reason. § Each school is responsible for the conduct of their fans and student body. If, however, a fan acts in an unsportsmanlike manner and it is recognized and reported by the game official to the game administrator, the game administrator must handle the situation in an appropriate manner. § Student sections at all events must be supervised by school personnel . § In all sports and activities , a game administrators conference will be held at least 30 minutes prior to the start of t he cont est . A game administrator must be present at all post -season events. § A medical timeout shall include the location of trainers, ambulance or any other medical information that needs to be shared with both teams. § Game administrators, coaches, and officials shall not start any varsity contest in football, softball, basketball, soccer, flag football, track and baseball until the pre -game meeting has been held. Penalties for not holding a game administrator’s meeting: First offense: $500.00 fine paid prior to the next home contest, no matter the sport/activity. Second offense: $1000.00 fine and Disciplinary Probation for that sport/activity. Third offence: $1000.00 fine and Restrictive Probation for that sport/activity. Guidelines in the sports of baseball and fast pitch softball: Fan sections beyond the outfield sections must be closely supervised. Should an incident occur, the school will be subject to fines and possible probation. 92 Publication Price List MISSISSIPPI HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATION, INC. P. O. BOX 127, CLINTON, MISSISSIPPI 39060 Please use this form when ordering any of the items listed below through the State Office. ALL ORDERS MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY CHECK OR MONEY ORDER . QUANTITY FOOTBALL JULY (Availability Dates ) _______ Football Rules (National Federation Edition) ..............................................................10.00 _______ Football Case Book (Official Interpretations) ..............................................................10.00 _______ Football Officials’ Manual ...........................................................................................10.00 _______ Football Rules – Simplified and Illustrated ..................................................................10.00 BASKETBALL SEPTEMBER _______ Basketball Rules (Boys & Girls) National Federation Edition ....................................10.00 _______ Basketball Casebook (Official Interpretations) ............................................................10.00 _______ Basketball Officials’ Manual .......................................................................................10.00 _______ Basketball Rules – Simplified and Illustrated ..............................................................10.00 BASEBALL JA NUARY _______ Baseball Rules (National Federation Edition) ..............................................................10.00 _______ Baseball Case Book (Official Interpretations) .............................................................10.00 _______ Baseball Umpires’ Manual ...........................................................................................10.00 TRACK & FIELD JANUARY _______ Track & Field Rules .....................................................................................................10.00 _______ Track & Field Case Book .............................................................................................10.00 _______ Track & Field Officials’ Manual ..................................................................................10.00 MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS _______ Swimming ....................................................................................................................10.00 _______ Soccer Rules .................................................................................................................10.00 _______ Volleyball Rules ...........................................................................................................10.00 _______ Wrestling Rules ............................................................................................................10.00 _______ Volleyball Case Book & Officials Manual ..................................................................10.00 _______ Softball Rules ...............................................................................................................10.00 _______ Softball Case Book .......................................................................................................10.00 _______ Spirit .............................................................................................................................10.00 _______ Court & Field Diagram Guide ......................................................................................10.00 ______ Flag Football.....................................................................................10.00 MHSAA PUBLICATIONS _______ MHSAA Handbook ................................................................ Online (www. misshsaa .com) _______ MHSAA Sports Information Manual ................... Included in MHSAA Handbook (online) _______ MHSAA Calendar ................................................................. Online (www. misshsaa.com) Postage and Handling – $2.50 for first book and $.50 for each additional book. Amount for books and/or ot her items ....................................................................................$______ Am ount for postage and handling .........................................................................................$______ Total .................................................$______ Mail To_____________________________________ Address____________________________________ Phone Number:_______________________________ ___________________________________________ 93 Playing Dates Guidelines JUNIOR HIGH / MIDDLE SCHOOLS / JUNIOR VARSITY TOTAL NUMBER OF CONTESTS / NO STATE CHAMPIONSHIPS Refer to the Middle School Calendar – MHSAA website / Quick Links . Junior High School may play their first contest during the week of the senior high’s first game, and they must have fifteen days of football practice. Maximum Number of Contests Baseball 20 Games Football 8 Games Cross Country 8 Meets Swimming 9 Meets Basketball ( Girls/Boys) 16 Games plus 2 Tournaments Soccer (Girls/Boys) 12 Matches plus 2 Tournaments Track (Girls/Boys) 8 Meets Tennis (Girls/Boys) 10 Matches Volleyball 12 Dates plus 2 Tournaments Volleyball : At each site a player will be limited to five sets on the Varsity and JV teams. For example, a player may play 3 sets on the varsity team and 2 sets on the JV team. Any school that participates in other athletic events must request permission from the MHSAA office and be given the right to play and receive the maximum number of contests. Although the junior high season is shorter, the athletic contest should be played within the same season as the high schools. Junior highs and middle schools will be allowed two playing dates per week for athletics with the exception of football (one game per week) . Any extra contest must be approved through the MHSAA office. * Middle school teams can be a combined 7/8 grade team and/or an “A” team or “B” team. The “A” team is the only team that can compete for any championship. The “B” team would be treated as a Middle School JV team with no championship consideration. Middle Sc hool athletes can only play a total of 6 quarters, 3 halves , 5 sets or 7 innings per night in A/B team games. Schools must submit rosters for “A” and “B” teams. Junior Varsity (JV) T eams and 9 th Grade Football 8 Games Softball 20 Games Cross Country 11 Meets Swimming 9 Meets Basketball (Boys/Girls ) 16 Games plus 1 Tournament Soccer (Boys/Girls) 12 Games plus 1 Tournament Powerlifting 4 Meets Baseball 20 Games Golf 8 Games Tennis 10 Matches Volleyball 18 Dates plus 2 Tournaments The majority of JV Team games (with the exception of football ) are played on the same day as the varsity sport. All JV team games operate within the same time frames as varsity sports. A player may only play 9 innings of softball or baseball with the exception of an extra inning to determine a winner. Volleyball : At each site a player will be limited to five sets on the varsity and JV teams. Example: A player may play 3 sets on the varsity team and 2 sets on the JV team. Scrimmages, with approval from the MHSAA (request form located in DragonFly) may be held in Football (2 quarter scrimmages), Volleyball, Soccer, Basketball, Baseball and Fast Pitch Softball. Refer to the MHSAA Sports Calendar (MHSAA website ) for playing dates. 94 Academic Activities Band These activities will also be limited to one contest per week (Monday through Friday). Speech and Debate Choral Spring Football training may be conducted during the second semester of the school year ( 2 days in shorts and headgear and 10 out of last 13 days in full gear ). Please complete and submit Spring Football Practice Form found in DragonFly. Schools are permitted up to 20 consecutive week days (Monday -Friday) for 15 days of practice, plus one Saturday for a Spring Game/Jamboree. Summer is defined as the time extending from the last day of all MHSAA spring sports until the first organized football practice . During the school year, a sport may practice after the school day only during the designated season. School day ends after l ast academic period. Practice - consists of a coach being present with player(s). Any future sports seasons will be approved by MHSAA. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE SCHOOLS EXCEED THE TOTAL GAME LIMIT. A STUDENT ATHLETE MAY NOT EXCEED THE NORMAL GAME LIMIT DURING THE WEEK. DragonFly Eligibility Information Eligibility for students participating in all athletics and activities must be submitted to the Mississippi High School Activities Association electronically via the DragonFly software program. All students must be updated at the beginning of each school year and at the end of the first semester. All participants in athletics and activities must be on your DragonFly roster prior to playing in a sport or participating in an activity. NFHS Sportsmanship Eligibility Requirement ****ATTENTION! ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENT**** PRINCIPALS, COACHES, ATHLETIC DIRECTORS, & SPONSORS: IN ORDER TO MEET ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS, all coaches, sponsors, student -athletes, cheerleaders, and dance participants in middle school, junior high, and high school sports during the 2025- 2026 school year must have completed the online Sportsmanship training program at some point in time. The NFHS Sportsmanship Course will be the only program offered for the sportsmanship eligibility requirement. *Junior high and middle school coaches, sponsors, and students must complete Sportsmanship training before their sports season ends. Students new to your school are required to complete the NFHS Sportsmanship course. *High school coaches, sponsors, and students must complete Sportsmanship before post -season play begins in their sport. It is also recommended that coaches consider using the parent module for their meeting with parents to encourage their practicing good sportsmanship at events. It is the responsibility of the HEAD COACH or SPONSOR of each sport to make sure that his or her team’s student -athletes and assistant coaches have completed Sportsmanship training. COMPLETION REPORTS for each team will be reviewed to check eligibility. To get started: Go to www.nfhslearn.com . 95 Game Score Re porting Sports Soccer Football Basketball Baseball Fast Pitch Softball Volleyball Flag Football All boys’ and girls’ soccer, football, boys’ and girls’ basketball, baseball, fast pitch softbal l, volleyball and flag football coaches are required to enter their scores into MaxPrep s from the first official game or match of the year . This is to be done on an annual basis . ALL scores must be entered no later than midnight of the date the game(s) are played for brackets to be completed. Schools will be assessed a fine of $100.00 if late. Summer Months Restrictions and Recommendations The MHSAA Executive Committee has passed the following restrictions and recommendations for summer activities: 1. Summer is defined as the time extending from the completion of the MHSAA Baseball State Championshi ps series or June 1, whichever comes first to the first date of organized football practice . NOTE: Schools and school districts should always cooperate with parents when students need to go on vacations at any time during the summer months. MHSAA Te a m Scholar Athlete and Performing Arts Programs All high schools , middle schools, or junior high schools that are members of this Association are eligible to participate. The following guidelines will apply: 1. Any athletic or performing arts team with a 3.00 or higher composite grade average for the first semester of the schoo l year will be eligible to receive a team academic award. All GPAs should be listed to three decimal places (i.e., 3.678). Do not list a GPA higher than 4.00, since that would reflect weighted courses on averages used to complete an overall team average. 2. In each sport /activity approved by the MHSAA a certificate will be awarded to those teams that have earned 3.00 or higher composite grade average. 3. The principal and coach should sign the scholar athlete team application form. 4. For each team nomination, a separate team application form must be completed. 5. All members of the team must be listed and their grade point average indicated. Numerical grades may not be used. 6. Please note the deadline. Applications for Scholar -Athlete awards received after the deadline will not be considered. All applications from one school must be sent under the same cover to facilitate awarding of certificates. Official forms must be used. 7. Online Scholar Athlete Team and Performing Arts Award Application form s can be found i n DragonFly -complete and submit online. NOMINATION DEADLINE – APRIL 1 96 Application for Cooperative Sponsorship Rules and Instr uctions for Completing an MHSAA Application for Cooperative Sponsorship Rules regarding cooperative sponsorship can be found in the MHSAA website at www.misshsaa.com Philosophy Guiding Decisions on Cooperative Requests The philosophy that will guide the MHSAA Executive Committee in reviewing and approving applications for cooperative sponsorship of activities is as follows: 1. The Executive Committee will attempt to increase the number of students that are participating in activities by making activities available for the students that would not be available in their school if joint sponsorship did not occur. 2. The Executive Committee would prefer to see proposals that combine smaller schools for sponsorship of an activity rather a small school combining with a larger school when the smaller school cannot support the activity. 3. Improving the quality of a team (i.e. better win -loss record) will not be valid criteria in deciding whether approval should be granted. General Regulations Regarding Cooperative Agreements § Only Class 1A and Class 2A schools shall be considered for a cooperative agreement . § Approval will NOT be granted for ANY cooperative sponsorship of only Class 2A member schools in any MHSAA team activity. Application may be made for a cooperative sponsorship between Class 2A schools and Class 1A schools - -and between only Class 1A schools. § When schools cooperatively sponsor a team or an activity, the total enrollments of each school shall be combined to determine the appropriate competitive classification in that sport or activity. § Where there is an absence of a program in one school for an entire classification period, a cooperative program may be established. If, through such a cooperative agreement, the number of students participating in a program in any school would be reduced, the request would be denied. § Where there is an absence of an effective program in one school, a cooperative program may be established, provided a need is shown. Examples of need may include (1) insufficient number, (2) lack of staff, and (3) lack of facilities. § The schools involved must be in the same geographical area. It is preferred that they be in the same school district because of the issues that can develop. § If a school in one district wishes to join with a school in a multi -school district in a cooperatively sponsored activity, the school must join with the nearest high school in the multi -school district which offers the activity. § If a school has previously offered a program in an activity and there has been no significant decrease in high school enrollment, the school would not be permitted to participate in a cooperative program. § Each participating school must jointly make application for cooperative sponsorship. Each school must obtain the approval of their local school board well in advance of the deadline indicated below. Signature of the superintendent on the document indicates that the district’s school board has approved the agreement. § When a student transfers from one school to another school that cooperatively sponsor a program, the student shall remain fully eligible in all programs that are cooperatively sponsored. MHSAA transfer and residence rules shall be used to determine the st udent’s eligibility for the programs that are not cooperatively sponsored. § Cooperative sponsorship agreements must be reviewed every two years. § If any of the schools involved in the cooperative sponsorship wish to dissolve the agreement, they may do so at the end of the classification period if a minimum of one year’s notice is given to the other school(s) unless the schools mutually agree to disc ontinue the agreement at the end of the classification period. § Requests to dissolve the cooperative sponsorship must be submitted to the MHSAA not later than the first day of practice for that sport season. Decisions on such requests shall be made at the next MHSAA Executive Committee meeting. § The dissolution request must include a resolution stating the purpose for dissolving the cooperative sponsorship. § The MHSAA Executive Committee may establish a committee to review all requests. Membership and Grade Level Eligibility § Only MHSAA member schools may form a cooperative sponsorship. § Participation in MHSAA sponsored programs is limited to students in grades 7 through 12. Students in grades 7, 8 and 9 may participate only if they are enrolled in a continuation school for that high school. 97 DEADLINE Requests for cooperative sponsorship must be submitted to the MHSAA not later than October 1 of the reclassification year. Sample Problems Schools Need to Resolve Before Entering into a Cooperative Program: 1. If you already have a program, are students from another school going to replace students from your community? 2. Who will pay the cost of equipment and travel? 3. How will gate receipts be dispersed? 4. Who is responsible for the cost of travel to and from practice? 5. Where will practice be held? 6. Where will contests be played? 7. Which school’s identity will be used? Mascot, colors, etc. 8. Are local eligibility rules, lettering guidelines, etc., the same at both/all schools? 9. Selection of cheerleaders...who is eligible? 10. Will season tickets be honored? 11. How will coaches be employed and paid? 12. How will the cost of insurance be handled? 13. If students are combined for girls’ basketball, for example, the boys’ teams may be assigned to a different region — possibly even a different class. 14. Who will pay the expenses for facilities, lights, heating, showers, towels, laundry, etc., including maintenance of practice and playing facilities? 15. Expenses for scouting, coaches’ meetings, etc. --who is responsible? 16. Contracts with other schools and officials, etc. --who will sign and be responsible for this? 17. How will responsibilities for hosting and supervising events be divided? 18. How will disputes be resolved? 19. Which school will handle eligibility for the activity? COMPLETION OF FORM Print the Application for Cooperative Sponsorship from the MHSAA website —www.misshsaa.com. Enter the activity in which the schools will co -op. • Complete a separate application for each activity . • Indicate whether it is a boys’ or girls’ activity. • Enter the school year in which the cooperative sponsorship will begin. • Cooperative sponsorship agreements must be for a minimum of two years or one classification period . • Cooperative sponsorship agreements will be continuous following the first two -year agreement unless an application for dissolution is submitted. Enter your school’s name, enrollment, city, current region, and current class for this activity. Enter the purpose for sponsoring a joint team or activity . Enter the grades for those students who will participate in this activity if the co -op is approved. Indicate the host school, which is the school that will receive the revenue share check; enter program information for state tournament programs; and will rate officials. Signatures: The superintendent and the principal of each school involved in the agreement must sign and date this application. (Use additional sheets where more space is needed.) Mail or fax the completed and signed application to the MHSAA office. If you have any questions regarding the completion of this form, email Rickey Neaves , MHSAA Executive Director, rneaves@misshsaa.com . 98 Cooperative Sponsorship Application Form Mississippi High School Activities Association P. O. Box 127, Clinton, MS 39060 601-924-6400 Deadline: Not later than October 1 of the reclassification year. The administration of each participating school and the school district must jointly make application for co operative sponsorship. On behalf of the following schools, we hereby apply for cooperative sponsorship of _______________________________ beginning with the 20_____ - 20_____ school year. (activity) (boys’ or girls’) List ALL schools included in the cooperative sponsorship. Attach another form if necessary. School Enrollment (9-12)* City Current Region Current Class High School #1: High School #2: High School #3: High School #4: *Enrollment reported to the State of Mississippi for October 1 of the current school year. 1. Describe the conditions which have prompted your request to co -sponsor this activity. (Use an additional sheet, if needed.) _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. List the number of students, by grade level, who participated in this activity during the previous year. If the school did not sponsor the program last year, indicate the number of students expected to participate in this cooperatively sponsored activity this year if approved. 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th High School #1: High School #2: High School #3: High School #4: 3. Team Identification: (Indicate how cooperative schools should be identified in tournament programs): ________________________ 4. Host School (school that will receive revenue share check): ____________________________________________ Principals of Schools/Superintendent(s) School Date Signed__________________________________ ____________________________________ _______________________ Signed__________________________________ ____________________________________ _______________________ Signed__________________________________ ____________________________________ ________________________ Signed__________________________________ ____________________________________ ________________________ Official Action of the MHSAA Executive Committee: _________Approved ________ Not Approved Signature: _______________________________________ Date:_________________________________ 99 Admission Price for Playoff Games 20 26-2027 Basebal l *Note: $15.00 If a doubleheader played during Rounds up to All Rounds 10.00 North/South Half North/South Half 10.00 State Championship 15.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) Basketball Region 10.00 *Note: $1 5.00 if girls and boys from same school play Rounds 1 – 2 10.00 the same night at the same site during Rounds 1 & 2. Round 3 (Quarterfinal) 10.00 (All Day Pass , no re -entry) Semi -finals 15.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) State Championship 15.00 (All Day Pass , no re -entry) Cross Countr y Middle School Cross Country I nvitational State Championship 10.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) 10.00 (0ne person per car) 20.00 (Two plus people per car) (All Day Pass - no re -entry) Football Rounds 1 – 3 10.00 North/South Half 10.00 State Championship 15.00 (All Day Pass , no re -entry) Powerlifting Regional 10.00 North/South Half 10.00 State Championship 15.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) Soccer Rounds 1 – 3 10.00 North/South Half 10.00 State Championship 15.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) Softball Rounds 1 – 3 10.00 *Note: $1 5.00 If a doubleheader played during Rounds North/South Half 10.00 up to North/South Half State Championship 15.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) Swimming North/South Half 10.00 State Championship 15.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) Track Regional 10.00 * Middle School Track Invitational - $10.00/person North/South Half 10.00 ( All Day Pass, no re -entry) State Championship 15.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) Volleyball Rounds 1 – 2 10.00 North/South 10.00 State Championship 15.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) Flag Football Playoff Rounds 10.00 Championships 15.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) NOTE : Pre -event tickets may be purchased at: www.gofan.co. All schools MUST honor gofan digital tickets at ALL events (including post -season events). REMINDER: MHSAA will offer a cash gate at all state championships. 100 MHSAA Playoff a nd Championship Game Balls 101 Coach’s Checklist f or State Playoffs Eligibility r oster will be completed in DragonFly . Updated Program rosters must be completed online using the DragonFly team roster. FOOTBALL POWERLIFTING _____ Notify MHSAA & District Secretary after qualifying _____ Notify MHSAA & District Secretary after qualifying _____ Eligibility Roster – on DragonFly _____ Region/North/South Team Entry Form/fees to Host _____ Program Roster – mus t be completed on DragonFly _____ Eligibility Roster – on DragonFly _____ Picture – upon qualifying , any team not providing a _____ Report score to MHSAA immediately after meet picture, where it is required for the program will be _____ State Entry Form/Fees to MHSAA fined $100.00. _____ Report score to MHSAA via MaxPreps immediately after game TENNIS SOCCER & VOLLEYBALL _____ Notify MHSAA & District Secretary after qualifying _____ Notify MHSAA & District Secretary after qualifying _____ Eligibility Roster must be on DragonFly _____ Eligibility Roster – on DragonFly _____ Program Roster – must be completed on DragonFly _____ Entry Fees _____ Picture – After Region, any team not providing a picture, _____ Report score to MHSAA where it is required for the program, will be fined $100.00. _____ Report score to MHSAA via MaxPreps immediately after GOLF SWIMMING & CROSS COUNTRY _____ Notify MHSAA & Distri ct Secretary after qualifying _____ Notify MHSAA & District Secretary after qualifying _____ Eligi bility Roster – on DragonFly _____ Eligibility Roster – on DragonFly _____ Registration Sheet _____ Entry Form/Fees _____ Entry Fees _____ Report score to MHSAA immediately after match _____ Report score to MHSAA immediately after game SOFTBALL BASEBALL _____ Notify MHSAA & District Secretary after qualifying _____ Notify MHSAA & District Secretary after qualifying _____ Eligibility Roster – on DragonFly _____ Eligibility Roster – on DragonFly _____ Report score via MaxPreps immediately after game _____ Program Roster and team picture - must be completed on DragonFly _____Program Roster & Team picture - must be completed _____ Report score to MHSAA via MaxPreps immediately after on DragonFly TRACK BOWLING _____ Notify MHSAA & District Secretary after qualifying _____ Notify MHSAA after qualifying _____ Eligibility Roster – After Division – on DragonFly _____ Eligibility Roster – on DragonFly _____ Entry Form To Region Meet Director _____ Entry Form/Fee To Region Meet Director _____ Team Roster To Regional Manager _____ State Entry Form /Fee To MHSAA _____ Team Roster To North/South Manager _____ State Entry Form/Fees to MHSAA BASKETBALL _____ Notify MHSAA & District Secretary after qualifying _____ Eligibility roster on DragonFly _____ Program Roster and picture – mus t be completed on DragonFly _ ____ Pass List (MHSAA office) _____ Report score to MaxPreps immediately after game After qualifying for State Playoffs , please make sure an updated eligibility roster is complete in DragonFly. Any team not reporting scores to MaxPreps will be fined $ 100.00. Any team not providing a picture where it is required for the program will be fined $100.00 . 102 To u r n a m e n t D ra w i n g s

submitting a falsified record(s) to the M HSAA: 1. The school shall be suspended from the association until the alleged violation can be assessed by the Executive Committee. 2. The school shall be fined a minimum of $1,000 .00 not to exceed $5,000 .00 . 3. The student(s) in question may be withheld from competition until the report(s) and/or record(s) is presented to the Executive Director. 4. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 45 4.10 .14 School in violation of jamboree or tournament requirements: 1. For failing to secure MHSAA approval , the school shall be assessed a penalty. 2. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10 .15 School(s) responsible for a sportsmanship violation(s): 1. The school may be placed on disciplinary or restrictive probation not to exceed one calendar year. 2. The school may be fined not to exceed $200 .00 for a single violation. 3. The school may be fined not to exceed $500 .00 for multiple violations. 4. The school may be charged with the cost of any investigation connected with the violation. 5. The school may be charged with the cost of conducti ng an investigation that is held in connection with the violation. 6. The school may be ordered to conduct a home and/or an away contest(s) in the sport without a player(s), coach(es), and/or a spectator(s) in attendance not to exceed one calendar year. 7. The school may be prohibited from playing home contests in the sport not to exceed one calendar year. 8. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10 .16 School in violation of contest limitations: 1. The school shall be placed on, restrictive probation not to exceed one cal endar year. 2. The school shall be removed from playoffs. 3. The school may be fined not to exceed $500 .00 . 4. Member schools having contests with a member school known by them to be under a penalty or suspension, while such suspension is effective, shall be liable to a similar or lesser penalty. 5. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation including a reduction in the number of contests in Which it may participate during the following year. 4.10 .17 School in violation of fighting: 1. A school involved in a fight, before or after a contest, (from the time it arrives until it departs ) shall be fined $ 1000.0 0. 2. If a player(s) leaves the bench and comes onto the field or court and is ejected according to NFHS rules, (ejected from the contest and sent to the dressing room) they will also be 46 suspended for 20 percent of the team’s total number of regular season games. (Ex.: 2 games in football, 4 games in all other sports .) The team will be placed on probation and fined $500.00. 3. If the ejections or violations occur during the playoffs or last contest of the year, the team will be placed on probation for the next sport regular season, and a monetary fine will be accessed on the school not to exceed $1500.00. 4. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10.18 School in violation of fracas: 1. Coaches will be allowed on the playing field or court to stop the fracas. Designate one c oach to keep the substitutes off the playing area. 2. Officials are instructed to stop a fracas from starting, but not to be involved once it gets underway. 3. Cameramen must be instructed to keep the camera running and film the entire fracas – this is vital to the MHSAA investigation. 4.10.19 School in violation of removal of a team : 1. Any school whose coach remove s a team from the playing floor or field in protest of the officials’ decisions or for any other reason shall be subject to automatic probation. 2. The school shall be fined $ 1000.00 and placed on disciplinary or restrictive probation depending on the circumstance of the removal of team. 3. A coach who refuses to leave the playing area after expulsion, resulting in the forfeiture of the contest, shall likewise be subject to automatic probation. This is considered to be a gross act of unsportsmanlike conduct. 4. When the misconduct of a coach warrants being banished from the court or playing field d uring a contest, a responsible adult school official, (superintendent, principal, assistant principal , athletic director, assistant coach, or other full -time certified employee) must be available to director and supervise the team for the remainder of the game. If no responsible school official is available, the game shall be forfeited. 5. Should an emergency arise, which makes it advisable to discontinue a contest, it should be done by mutual consent. 4.10.20 School in violation of illegal equipment : 1. It is always the coach’s responsibility to be aware of approved and non -approved equipment. Refer to the MHSAA Handbook, MHSAA Sports Information Manual and NFHS Rules Books by sport. 2. If a coach allows illegal equipment to be used during a game, the school will be subject to a fine and/or placement on probatio n – refer to rule 4.10.11 for consequence of violation. 47 4.10.21 School in violation of third- party videos: 1. A school, school representative, or third -party videos at an athletic contest for scouting purposes without permission of both participating schools, the school using the video will be cited by the MHSAA as being in violation of unethical and flagrant unsportsmanlike conduct. 2. Fines or penalties may be issued by the MHSAA. 4.10 .22 Payment of fines Schools in violation of M HSAA rules are expected to pay any fines that may be levied in a timely manner, which is typically 30 days from the date of the ruling. Schools failing to pay any outstanding financial balance owed to the M HSAA from the previ ous year by June 30, after due notice, shall be placed on restrictive probation for the upcoming school year and shall not be considered for championship honors in all sports until the outstanding balance and a ten percent penalty are paid. MHSAA will hold statewide passes until the balance is paid in full.

2.15.1 The student must be a bona fide boarding student living outside the school district (20 mile radius) and must be enrolled and boarded the first day of school. Any student having enrolled and boarded after the first day of school shall be ineligible for th e remainder of the school year. 2.15.2 The Executive Director must give written approval for the student to participate in MHSAA sanctioned sports/activities. 2.15.3 The principal of the boarding school and its head coach/director/sponsor must furnish a written statement that no inducement was offered the student to attend the boarding school, and the student’s primary reason for attending the school is for a purpose other than participating in athletics /activities . 2.15.4 A b oarding school student coming into the United States shall be ineligible for one calendar year. International students entering after the ninth grade will be allowed to play junior varsity the first year and thereafter varsity. If the student is a senior, the Foreign Exchange rule will apply granting the student eligibility for one year only. 2.15.5 An in -state boarding student may return to his/her school of residence one time and be considered eligible.

shall be ineligible for a period of one year from the date he/she enrolls in the second school . 2.20. 4 Those children whose custodial parent(s) or legal custodian (s) are active members of the United States Armed Forces or civilian military personnel residing on a military base, may at the discretion of their custodial parent(s) or legal custodian (s), enroll and attend the school district of their custodial parent(s) or legal custodian (s) choosing, regardless of the residence of the child . School 24 choice will be allowed only one time upon the child entering the 9 th grade. House Bill 1341 effective July 1, 2024.

2.21.1 A county high school attendance center becomes the home school for students enrolled . After enrolling in a county high school, a student cannot then enroll in a second county high school and be considered eligible until he/she has spent one year in the second school, or the family has established a bona fide residence in the second school attendance area. A change in school bus routes will not affect this regulation. It is the responsibility of the high school administration to inform the student and his/her parents of this rule.

2.23.1 Students transferring from their home school district (bona fide residence of family/parents) to another school or district outside of their home school/school of residence, must not participate in interscholastic sports/activities for one school year in o rder to be eligible in the district or school they are transferring to. The student must be released by their school of residence and accepted by the new school or district. 2.23.2 A student may return to his/her school of residence one time and be considered eligible.

preceding school session may return to their home school without loss of residence eligibility.

2.25.1 If school district boundary lines change due to annexation pursuant to the applicable laws of the State of Mississippi , students enrolled in grades 7-12 on the effective date of the change shall be permitted to remain in their home district or transfer to the new district . When a student has chosen a high school and enrolled in and attended that school for one (1) day or longer, the school of his/her choice shall become the home school.

2.27.1 A student must attend school in the school district or school zone in which his/her parents are bona fide residents . Emancipation of a student does not carry eligibility. 25 2.27.2 A parent can have no more than one bona fide residence at any given time. A bona fide residence is one where the family actually lives. This means the specific dwelling in which the family cooks, eats, and sleeps on a regular basis and claims as its sole or primary place of residence. A bona fide residence is determined by Homestead Exemption. 2.27 .3 This rule does not prevent a parent from commuting to work, nor does it prevent a father/mother from traveling out of state when his/her work requires him/her to do so, provided he/she returns to the home periodically and considers the home as his/her legal, permanent residence. 2.27.4 Marriage , legal guardianship, nor change of schools for academic or financial purposes shall not affect this rule.

2.28.1 Determination of what constitutes a bona fide change of residence shall depend upon the facts of each case, but in order for a change of residence to be considered bona fide, each of the following facts shall exist: 1. The original residence shall be abandoned as a residence. It shall be either sold, in the process of being sold, rented or disposed of as a residence. 2. It shall not be used as a residence by any relative of the student except under certain conditions. 3. If the original residence is not in the process of being openly advertised for sale or rent, the family shall have the utilities disconnected in this residence. 4. If all personal belongings, household goods, and furniture, appropriate to the circumstances shall be removed from the residence, unless the original residence is rented furnished, and a legal lease agreement shall state exact furniture/items to remain in the residence. 2.28.2 A change of residence for the purpose of creating athletic eligibility shall not be considered a bona fide change of residence , unless the move is made prior to the beginning of the new school year . 2.28.3 A student who has spent one school year in a school other than his/her home school (bona fide residence of pa rents) without participating in interscholastic sports/ activities and has been released by the home school is considered to be eligible . Eligibility can be established only during the year immedi ately preceding participation . All students who do not live with their parents for any reason are considered under this rule . A sit out year for the purpose of gaining eligibility affects grades 7 – 12. Sixth grade is not considered a sit out year for participation on the junior high/middle school level. Exception: A student living with his/her parents or legal custodian having spent three consecutive years in a school and completed the sixth grade, shall be cons idered eligible. 2.28.4 Students who live in es tablished church or other state -recognized children’s villages shall be eligible immediately when moved by officials to another school district. 26 2.28.5 A student whose parents reside outside the United States or who resides in an area of a state where there is no accredited high school will be considered eligible where his/her guardian lives; however, the student cannot trans fer from this school unless the guardian changes residence.

2.29.1 The MHSAA shall conduct an investigation of a bona fide move if it appears a bona fide change of residence has not been made . If, in the course of the investigation, it is determined that a bona fide change of residence has not occurred, the student shall be ruled ineligible until he/she has been in attendance at the school for one calendar year. 2.29.2 A change of residence shall not be considered a bona fide change of residence if false information is given to the MHSAA. 2.29.3 The MHSAA shall not honor a bona fide change of residence for the purpose of immediate eligibility if one or more of the following situations exist : 1. A student’s parents are living separate and apart unless one of the student’s parents has filed a petition of divorce in a court of law.

2.30.1 A transfer student is a student who has moved from one school to another including non - member, pri vate and parochial schools, for a p urpose other than obtaining athletic or interscholastic eligibility. 2.30.2 The school shall secure a transcript of the high school work completed by the student . A Transfer Student Form signed by the principal of the school from which the student transferred is required. A Transfer Student Form is required for member and non -member student transfers. 2.30 .3 In the case of refusal or delay in sending the transcript or Transfer Student Form requested by the receiving school, the Executive Director may upon the presentation of satisfactory proof; authorize the school to allow the student to participate in athletic contests prior to the receipt of the transcript and Transfer Student Form signed by the previous school’s principal. 2.30.4 Court ordered guardianship issued by a judge is valid for eligibility. Pursuant to state law 37 -15- 1 through 37 -15- 39 referring to the transfer of students between school districts, any legal guardianship formed for the purpose of establishing residency for school district attendance purposes shall not be recognized by the af fected school board. Based upon this law, the MHSAA will recognize this for the purpose of not granting eligibility. 2.30 .5 A student in his/her fourth year of high school whose family moves following the opening of school, after the family has lived in the school district for one year (12 months) or longer immediately preceding the move, shall be considered eligible in the school district from which the family moved for the r emainder of the school session. 2.30 .6 A ninth, tenth, or eleventh grade student, under the same conditions in 2 .30.5 , shall be considered eligible for the remainder of the semester during which the family moved. 27 2.30.7 A student living with his/her parents or legal custodian who moves after having spent three consecutive years in a school , has completed the ninth grade and continues to live with his/her parents or legal custodian, shall be considered eligible in the school district from which the family moved . If a student established his/her eligibility under this and later enrolls in his/her home school, he/she forfeits eligibility elsewhere. 2.30 .8 A student shall not represent two member schools (practice or games) in the same sport during a season . 2.30.9 A student has not left a n MHSAA member or non -member school in good standing. This also includes students transferring from out of state. A period of discipline in effect from any previous school must be served prior to the student regaining eligibility.

2.31.1 A student whose parents are legally divorced by court order or have never married , which also grants one of the parents physical custody, shall be eligible where that parent lives . 2.31.2 A st udent whose parents are legally divorced by court order which grants joint physical custody shall be eligible in the school district in which the parent who has been awarded physical custody for a majority of the school year lives. If no such period of physical custody is awarded to either parent, the student is eligible in the school district where the parent with whom he/she first elects to live after the entry of such court order. Beginning with the 2023 -24 school year, a student can transfer living with one parent to the other parent one time during their school career , beginning with the 7 th grade, without losing his/her eligibility – only in joint custody cases . 2.31.3 Court ordered guardianship issued by a judge is valid for eligibility. Pursuant to state law 37 -15- 1 through 37 -15- 39 referring to the transfer of students between school districts, any legal guardianship formed for the purpose of establishing residency for school district attendance purposes shall not be recognized by the af fected school board. Based upon this law, the MHSAA will recognize this for the purpose of not granting eligibility. 2.31.4 Parents separating does not carry eligibility.

2.32.1 If both parents are deceased, a student will be considered eligible in the school district where the custod ian or adoptive parent or parents with whom he/she lives after the death of both. In the event there is a subsequent custodianship or adoption , and the new custodian or adoptive parent or parents’ lives in a different school district, the student must remain out of competition for one year before becoming eligible. 2.32 .2 If a student transfers residence from his/her parent(s)/ custodian or the household in which he/she has been living for at least the past calendar year to the home of another person due to the incarceration of one/both parents or the head of the household, the student shall be eligible at the school the change of residence requires him/her to attend . 1. Should the person(s) incarcerated be released before the student has attended his/her new for one calendar year, the student, upon this release, shall become immediately ineligible at the school until he/she has been in attendance for the entire calendar year. 28 2. In the event of this early release, the student’s eligibility shall revert to the person he/she was living with prior to the incarceration. Once the student has attended the new school for one calendar year, his/her eligibility shall be established , and he/she shall remain eligible at the school as long as the student does not negate his/her chain of attendance at the school.

2.33.1 Effective August 1, 2013, s tudents whose parent(s) or legal custo dian(s) are licensed through the Mississippi State Department of Education (teacher, counselor, administrator ), may enroll and attend the school or schools of their parent(s) or legal custodian (s) employment regardless of the residence of the child. If a child transfers to his/her school zone in which they reside , he/she shall be ineligible for one calendar year unless his/her parent(s) or legal custo dian(s) are no longer employed by the school system the student attended.

2.34.1 No student shall complete a season in a sport and transfer to a member school and represent the second school in that sport during the same year. Exception: A student -athlete , who participates in a sport in a school recognized by the National Federation or b y any private school association, will not be allowed to participate again in a new season during the same school year , in the same sport. (If there is justification that a student has made a bona fide move and participated in the fall, the school administration can appeal to the MHSAA).

during a season, the student must sit out the number of games the previous school had played from the beginning of that sport season through the date of enrollment at the MHSAA member school.

2.40.1 AUTHORITY: The Executive Committee shall have authority to set aside any eligibility rule, except the age limit, when , in its opinion , the rule causes an undue hardship upon that student. 2.40.2 The condition(s) causing a student not to meet the eligibility requirement(s) shall have been involuntary, unforeseeable, uncorrectable, and create a unique situation concerning the student’s educational, emotional, or physical status . This condition must be beyond the control of the school, the school system, the student, and/or his parent(s) or guardian(s). Serious injury or prolonged illness must be supported by a doctor’s records. 2.40 .3 Inability to participate due to illness, injury, or other medical reasons shall not be considered hardship conditions except in those cases where ineligibility exists because the student was unable to attend or was prohibited from attending school for a prolonged length of time due to medical treatment. 2.40.4 A student , who fails to pass the required number of courses, withdraws from school, is retained, or repeats a grade is not sufficient grounds for a favorable decision for an undue hardship ruling. 2.41 UNDUE HARDSHIP PROCEDURE: 2.41.1 The appropriate time for hardship application is when the hardship is discovered, not after the student has completed four consecutive years. 2.41.2 The Executive Committee shall meet several times a year to consider requests to have the rules set aside for the benefit of individual students and shall consider such requests at meetings held for that purpose. 1. The Executive Director shall rule on cases of eligibility prior to submitting the undue hardship case to the Executive Committee. 2. Each application must be made in writing by the school principal or parent, prior to the meeting and should contain all facts pertaining to the case, including sufficient data to make it possible to reach a decision without further investigation. 3. The principal of the school or parent shall be present at the hardship hearing to present th e case. Other school personnel shall also be allowed to appear before the committee. It is strongly recommended that the parent(s)/ custo dian(s) be present at the hearing. 4. Persons representing appeals shall be professional in their presentations and shall refrain from socializing with members of the Executive C ommittee. 5. As advisory officer to the Executive Committee, the Executive Director shall be afforded an opportunity to explain his/her ruling and provide the C ommittee with information relative to the case. 6. Each school or parent will be given adequate time to present any verbal information concerning their case. 31 7. In cases involving medical issues , the request for exception shall be accompanied by statements of qualified medical experts and medical documentation. 8. In cases involving the Residence and School Transfer Rule, the sending school shall be notified of the appeal, allowed to attend the hearing, and given opportunity to respond and provide information that may be taken into consideration in the Committee’s decision. T he principal of the sending school may write a letter in support of the request, and the principal of the receiving school shall write a letter explain ing the transfer and citing other important information that may be taken into consideration by the Executive Director and/or Executive Committee; there shall be no evidence of recruiting for athletic purposes. 9. In cases involving the four consecutive years rule, a copy of the student’s cumulativ e folder showing all scholastic and attendance data since the f irst entry into the ninth grade shall be attached to the written appeal. 10. The committee shall hear and consider each case on an individual basis and shall render a decision based on the merits of each case. 11. The decision of the Executive Committee to set aside the rule in each case shall be by majority vote. 12. The decision of the C ommittee shall be final, and there shall be no appeal. 32 SECTION 3: RECRUITING NOTE : This section attempts to provide a thorough explanation of the recruiting rule. While there are many scenarios , this rule cann ot cover every conceivable example of recruiting. Schools are expected to educate all employ ees, athletic department staff members, and representatives of the school’s athletic intere sts about acts that are prohibi ted by this policy. Schools must report immediately such impermissible acts when they are discovered to have occurred to the M HSAA .

Date : October 13, 2026 Site : Mississippi College Choctaw Trails – Watson Cross Country Course MEET FORMAT AND INFORMATION: This meet is open to all MHSAA middle/junior high school 7 th & 8 th grade student- athletes. ONLY athletes that have competed in middle school/junior high races are eligible. Any athlete that has run on a Varsity Squad during the 202 5 or 2026 season is NOT eligible for this meet! The event will be organized into three divisions (Small, Medium & Large) determined by the 7 th & 8 th grade enrollment of each middle/junior high school participating. (NOTE: High school enrollment is not to be used.). Meet divisions will be posted a day or two after the entry deadline of Thursday, October 8, 202 6 , on http://ms.milesplit.com . Team’s 7 th & 8 th grade enrollment will be determined by the MHSAA. Detailed meet information will be available for download in early September 202 6 at http://ms.milesplit.com . MEET ADMISSION : $10.00 (one person per car); $20.00 (two plus people per car); All Day Pass – No Re -entry 111 Rules Governing Football 1. The football season shall extend from Monday, August 3, 2026 (practice begins) for classes 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A and 7A through the first full weekend in December. A scrimmage may be played August 21, 2026, (NOT before), for all classes. The regular season first playing date will be Thursday, August 27, 2026, for all classes . Week 1 Practice: August 3, 2026, through August 8, 2026 (Monday -Saturday), NO SHOULDER PADS ALLOWED. Helmets, mouthpieces, shorts, shoes, practice jerseys, 5 -panel/pads (hip, tail and thigh pads) girdles can be worn or added. NO full- length football pants can be worn – practice pants/old game pants cut into shorts will be allowed. (NOTE: Girdles do not present an advantage but do help with injury prevention.) Week 2: Beginning Monday through Friday, shoulder pads can be worn or added. Week 3: Beginning with Saturday of Week 2, after 5 full days of shorts and shoulder pads, full gear practices are allowed . (See 14 -day acclimatization, www.misshsaa.com , General, Health & Safety page.) 2. In addition to the regular football season, a school is allowed 20 weekdays (Monday -Friday) for 15 days of spring practice, plus one Saturday to participate in a spring Jamboree/Game . Spring training dates must be approved by the MHSAA . D uring the first 2 days of spring training, players shall not w ear football pads of any kind. Jerseys, helmets, face guards, mouth pieces , and shoes may be worn. Each school must select its own time for such training and notify the Executive Director two weeks prior to the beginning of spring training. The re may be a controlled scrimmage (Jamboree) allowed with another opponent after the first two weeks of practice with a limit of two quarters. 3. No member school shall be permitted to play more than eleven (11 ) regularly scheduled games . 4. Each football team shall practice a minimum of twenty (20) days before the first game . It is permissible to count the day of the game as a day of practice. Football practice is interpreted to mean practice under the supervision of any faculty member. The Association will not allow any variation in applying this regulation. A football pla yer shall not play in more than six quarters per week unless there is a postponed game to be played. A football week is defined as beginning on the day of “A” or varsity football game and is continuing for six days following the date of the “A” game. Sun day is counted as one of the six days. 5. No member school shall participate in any football game under any sponsorship other than that of the Mississippi High School Activities Association, Inc. This means that a member school must serve as the official sponsor for all special games. The MHSAA r eserves all broadcast rights for playoff games, championship games and special games. 6. A fence or some other restraining barricade shall be provided on both sides of all high school football fields. 7. No football player shall be permitted to engage in spring football practice at any school other than the one in which he is enrolled. In case of a definite consolidation program that will result in the closing of a school, the Executive Director may give approval for players in the school or schools about to be discontinued to participate in spring football at the school where they will be enrolled the following year. 8. The principal of each host school must notify the Executive Director when and where all playoff games will be played and when and where a football jamboree or a spring football game between member schools will be played. 9. After deducting fees for officials, the Association shall receive 30 percent of the gate receipts from all football games leading to the state championships and 15 percent of all special games not on the regular schedule. This includes spring jamborees an d spring games. The host school will be responsible for collecting and remitting the Association’s share of the proceeds. If the amount due the Association is not remitted within 10 school days from the date the game(s) were played, the amount due the as sociation will be doubled. 10. The use of mouth and tooth protectors shall be mandatory. 11. Ten Yard Line Overtime Procedure - If at the end of the fourth quarter the teams have identical scores and provided the coaches have informed the game officials prior to the game that they desire to resolve a tie, it will be resolved by the 10- yard line overtime procedure. 12. Beginning with the 2026 -27 school year, audio video and/or lighting systems operators shall not create any noise or distraction that inhibits a team from hearing its signals or obstructs play. LED light shows cannot be conducted during the coin toss, when the ball is marked ready for play (the 40 - or 25 -second play cloc k is running), or during a live ball. In the event audio, video, and/or lighting systems are distracting during the times NOT allowed, a warning will be given by the Referee to the home administrator to stop the distraction, If this continues after the war ning, an unsportsmanlike penalty will be charged to the home team and a written report will be sent to the MHSAA by the Referee . 13. There shall be s even state championships, 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7A. 14. Championship s in the regions shall be determined as follows: a. Regional Championship shall be decided by a round robin schedule. b. No division games may end in a tie. (10 -yard overtime procedure must be used). c. The Executive Committee has developed the following tie breaker: In case of identical region records, the following method will be used to determin e that region champion: Refer to Tie Breaker Rule under SECTION D. Athletic Competition Rules. 112 d. Each district secretary will certify to the State Office the names of the regional champions by classification that will enter the State playoff by the tenth weekend of regular scheduled play. 15. The first round of playoff that all classes participate in: a. The first round of playoff will be completed by the eleventh scheduled weekend. b. The number 1 team in each region will be the home team. c. The MHSAA Office will assign an Official’s Association to provide officials for the first round and each additional round of the state playoff. d. After deducting fees for officials, the Association will receive 30 percent of the gross gate receipts . 16. For subsequent rounds (until the North/South Round ), when two teams from the same region meet in the football playoffs, the higher seed will always be the home team . 17. The North/South and State Playoff: a. Beginning with the 2014- 15, school year, the higher seeded team will automatically host. If the teams are equally seeded, the host site will be determined as before: 1) the team that has played fewer home games; 2) the lower or higher region number, which alternates each year. Hosting guidelines for all other rounds of the football playoffs will remain the same. b. The officials will be assigned by the MHSAA . c. The Executive Committee shall work out plans each year for division of the receipts of the North, South, and State Playoff games. d. State Championship games will be held by the first weekend in December. e. The Executive Director and his staff will select the site f or the State Championship games to be approved by the Executive Committee. 18. If the home team decides to move a playoff game from their home field to a neutral site, that site must be agreed upon by both the home team a nd visit ing team. If an agreement cannot be reached, the game must be played at the original site or at a site determined by the executive director. 19. Scores from all football games must be reported on MaxPreps immediately following the game. 20. It is mandatory that cool immersion tubs be available at practices for the month of August. 21. Schools must observe the Limited Contact Policy (avai lable on the MHSAA web site) that was approved beginning the 2016- 2017 football season. 22. Beginning with the 2022 -23 school year, if either team is leading by a margin of 35 points or more at the half or any point in the second half, the clock becomes a “running clock” without the necessity for consent of both teams involved. 23. Beginning with the 2023 -24 school year, a school may have the option of a Thursday night contest prior to the last regular season game. Also, the start time for all football games will be 7:00 p.m. 2025 – 2027 Football Regions Regions can be found on the MHSAA web site. Program Information for Football Championships Please make sure complete updated roster information (including height, weight, grade, position and jersey number) is available on the roster in DragonFly when you qualify for the playoffs. Football Playoff Information (First Rounds) 1. The home school is responsible for the financial report and distribution of the monies collected. Financial report form s can be found online in DragonFl y and sent to the MHSAA office. 2. The band and cheerleaders will be admitted in uniform. Pep squads will not be admitted without tickets. ONLY State Passes will be honored. 3. Game tickets are $10.00 each for students and adults for advance sales and general admission. No Discount Tickets . Tickets , to be sold at the gate, will be furn ished by the host school. Digital t ickets will also be available online at www.gofan.co. 4. Trophies will not be awarded. 113 5. Each team must furnish an official Wilson game ball. 6. The home team will wear dark jerseys, and the visiting team will wear contrasting light jerseys. 7. Each team will furnish three competent capable adults who are familiar with the operation and working of the chain crew. The chain crew shall report to the referee at 6:30 p.m., on the field. 8. There will be seven (7) officials on the field and two clock operator s. The state office will assign a neutral district officials association to work the game. 9. Field officials will be paid $ 150.00 per game , clock operators will be paid $70.00, and 25 -second clock operators will be paid $70.00 through North/South . F or the state championship game s, field officials will be paid $200.00 ; clock operators will be paid $100.00; the 25- second clock operator will be paid $100.00. 10. If the officials have departed for the game, compensation for a canceled ball game beyond the control of game management will be one game fee for each official . 11. For radio, television, or Internet broadcast information, refer to the MHSAA Handbook, Media Policy, page 71 . The NFHS Network is the exclusive broadcast rights holder of postseason events. 12. Host school will be responsible for the P. A. Announcer. The announcer should be an adult who is knowledgeable of the rules of football – Refer to the MHSAA Handbook, P.A. Announcement for Playoffs – page 88 & 89. Football North/South Playoff Information Game Time – 7:00 p.m. The higher seeded team will automatically host. If the teams are equally seeded, the host site will be determined as before: 1) the team that has played fewer home games; 2) the lower or higher region number, which alternates each year. The band and cheerleaders will be admitted in uniform. Pep squads will not be admitted without a ticket. Only State Passes will be honored. Game tickets are $10 .00 each for students and adults for advance sales and general admission. No Discount Tickets. Trophies will be awarded after the North and South Championship game. The home team will wear dark jerseys, and the visiting team will wear light contrasting jerseys. Each team may furnish two competent adults who are thoroughly familiar with the operation and working of the chain crew. The chain crew shall report to the referee at 6:30 p.m. on the field. There will be seven (7) officials on the field and two (2) clock operators . The state office will assign a neutral district officials association to work the game. Field officials will be paid $ 150.00 per game. Clock operators will be paid $70 .00. If the officials have departed for the game, compensation for a canceled ball game beyond the control of game management will be one game fee for each official. For radio, television, or Internet broadcast information, refer to the MHSAA Handbook, Media Policy, page 71 . The NFHS is the exclusive broadcast rights holder of this post -season event. The host school will be responsible for the P. A. Announcer. The announcer should be an adult who is knowledgeable of the rules of football. The host school will be responsible for reporting the score to the MHSAA via MaxPreps as soon as possible. 114 Football State Championship Information December 3, 202 6: 4A – Thursday – 4:00 6A – Thursday – 7:30 December 4, 202 6: 2A – Friday - 4:00 December 5, 202 6: 1A – Saturday - 12:00 7A – Friday - 7:30 3A – Saturday - 3:30 5A – Saturday - 7:00 1. Site: Davis Wade Stadium, Mississippi State University , Starkville, MS 2. The band and cheerleaders will be admitted in uniform. Pep squads will not be admitted without tickets. State wide Passes will be honored and must enter at the Pass Gate . 3. Tickets may be purchased at the game or via online digital ticketing, www.gofan.co. 4. Teams will furnish Wilson game balls. 5. As soon as the game is over the team should report immediately to their bench area for presentation of trophy. 6. The home team will wear dark jerseys, and the visiting team will wear white jerseys. 7. There will be seven (7) officials on the field and two (2) clock operators from a neutral district officials association to work the game, assigned by the MHSAA office. 8. Field officials will be paid $200. 00 each. C lock operators will be paid $ 100 .00 . 9. If the officials have departed for the game, compensation for a canceled ball game beyond the control of the game management will be one game fee for each official . 10. For radio, television, or I nternet broadcast information, refer t o the MHSAA Handbook, Media Policy, page 71 . The NFHS Network is the exclusive broadcast rights holder of this postseason event. Streaming is strictly prohibited and in direct violation of the MHSA A agreements with the NFHS Network. Any violation of NFHS’s exclusive rights may result in discipline by MHSAA or legal action by the NFHS Network. 11. Each team will furnish their own towels. 12. Each team should be prepared to furnish the press box with a spotter if needed. 13. The home team will be responsible for playing of the National Anthem from the stadium stands . Please be in place thirty minutes prior to the game time. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 1. Following each championship game, there will be an awards ceremony for champions and runners -up. Please have your team lined up and r emain on the sidelines. A maximum of 85 medallions for 5A, 6A, 7A teams; 75 for 4A and 3A teams; 65 for 2A and 1A teams will be awarded, as well as an MVP, banners and trophies. 2. Additional medallions may be purchased at $5.00 each from the Mississippi High School Activities Association. 3. The home team will occupy the home sideline . The visiting team will occupy the opposite sideline . 115 Ap plication for Approval of Football Bowl Games ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (Name of Bowl Game) Name of Bowl Sponsor_______________________________________________________Telephone____________________________ (Organization, school or individual) Address________________________________________________________________________________________________________ (Street) (City) (State) (Zip Code) Name of Host School________________________________________Fax# /Email_________________________________________________ Date to be played_________________________________________________________________________________________________ STANDARDS APPLYING TO BOWL GAMES 1. A member school must serve as the official sponsor and host school. 2. Game must be played in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the MHSAA. 3. Participating schools must be members of MHSAA; out of state schools must be a member of their State Association. 4. Provisions must be made for good crowd control. 5. Only certified MHSAA registered game officials are eligible to officiate bowl games. 6. Game officials will be assigned by the football- assigning secretary of the district in which the game is played. 7. Provisions must be made for the safety of the game officials before and after the game. 8. The host school is responsible for collecting and remitting the MHSAA share of proceeds . 9. For radio, television, or Internet broadcast information, go to the MHSAA website, www.misshsaa.com, “Quick Links” MHSAA Handbook, “Media Policy”. 10. I hereby certify that the above standards will be strictly enforced in the administration of the Bowl game. SPONSOR: ________________________________ _ HOST SCHOOL: ________________________________ ___ Signed ________________________________ ____ Signed ________________________________ ____________ Position ________________________________ ____ Position ________________________________ ___________ OFFICIAL ACTION OF STATE ASSOCIATION The above Bowl game is hereby (approved, not approved). Date_________________________________ By_________________________________________________ 116 Rules Governing Soccer 1. National Federation Rules will be used. 2. Refer to sports calendar for dates. 3. A scrimmage may be played October 24, 2026, with approval from the MHSAA. 4. Soccer will be allowed a 90 -minute practice period during fall break / intersession, if the school offers an athletic period for this sport. 5. Games not played on schedule because of the weather may be made up as the weather permits. No division game may be played until after the first weekend in December. 6. Soccer shall be divided into five classes for girls and boys , 7A, 6A, 5A, 4A and Class I ( 1A,2A,3A). A state championship will be held in each class. Beginning with the 202 3-24 school year, the top four teams from each Region will advance to the playoffs. a. Championship in the divisions shall be determined as follows: Each team shall play each opponent once unless all teams agree to play twice. b. No division game can end in a tie. The final score of an overtime game shall be recorded as 1 -0 for the purpose of the tiebreaker . c. Refer to Tie Breaker Rule under SECTION D. Athletic Competition Rule. d. Each district secretary will certify to the state office the names of the division champion and runner -up that will enter the state playoff. 7. The State championship series will be single elimination. 8. Due to some schools using the same coach for girls’ and boys’ soccer, girls may play Fri day; boys may play Satur day, during the first round only . A request may be made to the MHSAA office if the same teams g o on to the second round. 9. Any interschool practice or scrimmage will count as a game played. 10. The principal of each host school must notify the Executive Director when and where all tournament, conference or division games will be played. After deducting fees for officials, the Association shall receive 15% of the gross gate receipts from all special games not on the regular schedule. The host school will be responsible for collecting and remitting the Association’s share of the proceeds. If the amount due the Association is not remitted within 10 school days from the date the game(s) were played the amount due the Association will be doubled. 11. According to the MHSAA and NFHS : The home team shall wea r dark jerseys and socks, and the visiting team shall wear white jerseys and socks. Both s ocks shall be the same color, but not necessarily the color of the shirt. If visible apparel is worn under the jersey, it shall be of similar length, all alike and of a solid color. If visible apparel is worn under the shorts, it shall be of a similar length, all alike and of a solid color. 12. Reporting scores to MaxPreps is required for regular -season and post- season games. 13. Mercy Rule: Beginning with the 2019 -20 season, when the goal differential reaches a spread of 7 goals, the game would be concluded when it reaches the 50 th minute, or hits that spread at any point after the 50 th minute. Games would be played no less than 10 minutes into the second half. This gives ample time for coaches to play younger players. This rule does not affect JV or middle school games, unless both coaches agree that the game would end when the spread reaches 7 goals. 14. A soccer player is limited to three halves of play per evening. 15. Beginning with the 2025 -26 school year, during the regular season and playoff games, time will be kept on the scoreboard (as it is during the state championship games) . T he center referee starts/stops the clock by signaling to the press box. If there is no clock, the center referee will be responsible for keeping time. 202 5 – 2027 Soccer Regions Regions can be found on the MHSAA web site. Soccer Championship Information For radio, television, or Internet broadcast information, refer to the MHSAA Handbook . Ejected Players : Refer to the MHSAA Handbook, page 42, rule 4.10.7, “Participant ejected from a contest in a sport or activity for unsportsmanlike conduct ”. 117 The higher seeded team will host the first round in each Region. If the game cannot be played as schedule d because of weather, the host school should contact the visiting school and the game officials. Games are to be made up the following day if weather permits. The MHSAA office will assign the Officials for state championship games . Passes – Only State Passes will be honored. Host – Please refer to the state soccer bracket for site and times. Three officials will work each game. The referee will be paid $90.00, and each a ssistant referee will be paid $80.00 for Regional and $1 20.00 and $11 0.00 respectively for the North/South playoffs. The referee and each assistant will be paid $13 5 and $12 5 respectively for the state championship game s. Team uniforms – Rule 4 -1 on page 21 of the National Federation Soccer Rule Book: According to the MHSAA and NFHS, the home team shall wear dark shirts and stockings, and the visiting team shall wear white shirts and stockings. Both stockings shall be the same color, but not necessarily the color of the shirt. If visible appare l is worn under the jersey, it shall be of similar length, all alike and of a solid color. If visible apparel is worn under the s horts, it shall be of a similar length, all alike and of a solid color . As soon as a school qualifies as the first , second, third or fourth place team from a Region, they shall notify the MHSAA state office. Program Information for Soccer Championships Please make sure complete updated roster information (including height , grade, position and jersey number) is available on the roster in DragonFly when you qualify for the playoffs. Following each championship game, there will be an awards ceremony for champions and runners -up. Trophies, MVP and a maximum of 30 medallions will be presented to coaches, players, managers and statisticians. Additional medallions may be purchased at $5.00 each from the MHSAA. 118 Rules Governing Basketball 1. Refer to MHSAA S ports Calendar for playing dates. 2. Football playing schools may play a maximum of 26 regular season basketball games including tournaments, exclusive of regional and state sponsored tournaments and classic games. No more than 2 8 total games may be played. 3. Non -football playing schools may play a maximum of 30 regular season basketball games including tournaments, exclusive of regional and state sponsored tournaments and classic games. No more than 32 total games may be played. 4. All basketball teams shall be limited to playing two games Monday through the end of the school day on Friday. 5. Basketball will be allowed a 90 -minute practice period during fall break / intersession, if the school offers an athletic period for this sport. 6. Beginning with the 2022 -23 school year, in boys’ and girls’ basketball, if either teams is leading by a margin of 35 points or more at the half or any point in the second half, the c lock becomes a “running clock” without the necessity for consent of both teams involved. 7. Invitation, conference, county, bi -county, and tri -county tournaments shall count as total games actually played. The principal of each host school must notify the Executive Director when and where all conference, county, bi -county and tri- county tourname nts will be played. 8. A basketball player shall be limited to six quarters of play per session or evening. Overtime shall be considered as extension of the fourth quarter. 9. In tournaments, no team shall be permitted to play more than two games in one day and there must be at least four hours of rest between games. See “Host Team” Requirement checklist. 10. Basketball warmups are limited to the designated time immediately prior to the next scheduled game. 11. Basketball playoffs for championships shall be arranged in seven series one for “1A” schools, (boys and girls); one for “2A” schools, (boys and girls); one for “3A” schools, (boys and girls); one for “4A” schools, (boys and girls); one for “5A” schools, (boys and girls), one for “6A” schools, (boys and girls) , one for “7A” schools, (boys and girls). 12. Four teams will advance from the region basketball tournament in Classes 5A, 6A, 7A and four teams in Classes 1A, 2A, 3A, and 4A. Eight teams in each classification will advance to the State Tournament. The MHSAA Executive Director and staff will determine the brackets for the State Tournament. 13. Distribution of funds shall be determined as follows: a. The State Association shall receive 15 percent of the gross gate receipts less fees for referees in all basketball tour naments, including invitationals . If the amount due the Association is not remitted within 10 school days from the date the tournament(s) are played, the amount due the Association shall be doubled. When a basketball tournament ends on or after the last day before the Christmas holida ys, the 1 5 percent receipts due to MHSAA will be postmarked no later than the fifth day of school after the Christmas holidays. If the 15 percent is not postmarked on or before the fifth day of school after the Christmas holidays, then the amount due MHSAA will be doubled. 14. The host school shall get approval for holding an invitational tournament at least five days prior to the tournament, from the Executive Director. The penalty for the violation of any of the above regulations shall be a fine of $50.00 for the first violat ion and suspension for repeat violations. 15. An invitational tournament is defined as any series of games (tournament approved) in which more than two teams of the same sex participate. A series, or round robin, shall be considered an invitational tournament. 16. The Executive Committee shall work out plans each year for the division of receipts of the State Championships . 17. No school shall be permitted to enter the varsity team and then enter a second or “B” team in another regular conference, region , or state tournament on the same dates. The team entered must be first or varsity team. The above is interpreted to mean: a. No school shall be permitted to enter any team other than its varsity team in any regular region or state basketball playoff. b. No school shall be allowed to enter a state and a region basketball playoff at the same time. 18. A round robin schedule will be played during regular season for seeding purposes. The Region Championship will be determined by a Region tournament. Refer to Tie Breaker Rules under Section D, Athletic Competition Rule. 19. No school shall remove the nets from goals of the host school or from goals in any other places where Mississippi High School Activities Association games and/or tournaments are played. A violation of this rule will lead to a severe penalty against the gu ilty school. 20. Allow the home team to have up to a 15- member pep band or jazz band to play at time -outs, halftime, and between games (whenever clock is stopped or play is stopped) at any regular season home basketball games. This is optional to the home team. 21. If a school or schools are placed in different regions three successive classifications periods, they will have the first opportunity to host a region tournament provided the school they are replacing has not had a more recent opportunity to host. 119 22. The head coach may be off the bench in front of his /her seat within the confines of the designated coach’s box (National Federation Rule) to give instructions to his /her players and/or substitutes. 23. Basketball will be allowed a five (5) day tryout period during the month of May. The basketball tryout period may not conflict with a spring sport. 24. Report scores to MaxPreps . Required for regular -season and post- season games. 202 5 - 2027 Basketball Regions Regions are located on the MHSAA web site. Region Basketball Tournament Information (Rounds 1 & 2) Sites and alternate sites will be determined by each of the eight District Secretaries . Game officials will be assigned in D ragonFly . The official scorekeeper must wear an official’s shirt. Twenty girls and twenty boys constitute a team. 1. ONLY MHSAA State Passes will be honored. 2. Press representatives with press identification cards, radio broadcast crew if games are being broadcast, and law enforcement officials in uniform and other on duty officers, and cheerleaders in uniform are entitled to admission to all games played during the tournaments. 3. Each participating school will furnish their own towels. 4. The decisions of the game officials are final. 5. All coaches, players and fans are expected to observe all rules of the game and of the MHSAA. Each coach will report to the manager of the tournament when his team arrives. 6. The tournament manager will make a financial report to the MHSAA and to the participating schools immediately following the close of the tournament. Include the names of the first, second and third place teams. 7. Have sufficient law enforcement officials on duty at every session. 8. The MHSAA will not accept personal checks for the purchase of tickets. Digital tickets are available at www.gofan.co. 9. For radio, television, or I nternet broadcast information, refer to the MHSAA Handbook (online, www.misshsaa.com ), “Quick Links”, “Media Policy”. 120 State Basketball Tournament Information Congratulations for having qualified to participate in the State Basketball Tournament . This represents many long, hard hours of dedicated effort on your part. Round 3 (Quarterfinals) sites(s) will be played at neutral sites in the North and neutral sites in the South. Round 3 (Quarterfinals) game admission is $ 10.00 (All day pass) . Tournament brackets at www.misshsaa.com/basketball . Basketball State Semi -finals for girls and boys will be played at the Mississippi Coliseum in Jackson, MS. There will be no reserved seats. Price of admission per day is $1 5.00 (All day pass , no - re-entry) . Digital tickets are available at www.gofan.co. Basketball State Final Sites: Mississippi Coliseum, Jackson, MS . Price of admission per day is $15.00 ( All day pass , no re - entry). IMPORTANT : State Finals 1. Passes – you may list a maximum of 25 individuals on the pass list, found in DragonFly , that should include the following: players, alternates, coaches without state passes, team managers (not more than two per team), and bus drivers . This list must be at the pass gate prior to admittance. No other complimentary tickets will be honored. Only this list and Statew ide Passes will be honored. 2. Press representatives with press identification cards, radio bro adcast crew if games are being broadcast, law enforcement officials in uniform, and cheerleaders in uniform are entitled to admission to all games played during the tournament. 3. Maximum number of personnel on the bench is 25 . 4. The decisions of the game officials are final. Please insist that no indecisions be allowed to confuse the outcome of any game. 5. Twenty boys and twenty girls constitute a team. These teams must be registered before play begins, and they must be the same students who participated in Region and North/South Tournaments. 6. All coaches, players, and fans are expected to observe all rules of the game and of the MHSAA. Each coach will report to the manager of the tournament when his team arrives. 7. There will be no practice sessions allowed. 8. The MHSAA will not accept personal checks for the purchase of tickets. Digital tickets are available at www.gofan.co. 9. Beginning with the Quarterfinal s through the state championship games bands will not be allowed . Program Information for Basketball Championships Please make sure complete updated roster information (including height, grade, position and jersey number) is available on the roster in DragonFly when you qualify for the playoffs. IMPORTANT NOTICE TO COACHES: If your team is eliminated from the tournament during the quarter finals , your pass list may be used for the remaining quarter final games. Please come to the pass gate with all team members at least 15 minutes prior to the games. Pass list for semifinals and finals will be honored. A school official must identify all team members. Confetti will not be allowed in the Mississippi Coliseum; it is difficult and costly to clean up. Please ask your school fans to cooperate! No artificial noisemakers , confetti, or powder of any kind will be allowed in the coliseum. Air horns are illegal at any MHSAA event. 121 Following each championship game, there will be an Awards Ceremony for champions and runners -up. Trophies, MVP, and a maximum of 30 medallions will be presented to coaches, players, managers and statisticians. Additional medallions may be purchased at $5.00 each from the MHSAA. Rules Governing Bowling 1. The maximum number of matches per week will be two . The match es may include more than two teams or “phone” opponents. 2. The United States Bowling Congress High School Rules will be used, with some modifications in scoring when needed. 3. A coach may substitute a player at will, at any time before or during a game. Once removed from the line -up, the removed player(s) may not re -enter play until the start of the next regular game. A player once removed will be reclassified as a substitute bowler and may be used as a substitute bowler in any spot in the lineup upon legal return to play. A coach substituting any player for any reason must notify the match scorekeeper and opposing coach at the time of substitution. 4. There shall be three boys and three girls state championships - Class I (1A, 2A, 3A , 4A ), Class II ( 5A,6A), Class III (7A). 5. Teams will pay $ 100.00 per team (boys and girls are separate teams), for Regional and $200 per team for State . This will allow the MHSAA to provide regional trophies (as in other sports), as well as compensate the bowling centers for hosting our events. 6. Schools are assigned to regions for Regional Tournament purposes only. A team is not restricted to regular season matches with schools in their region or class. 7. Practice begins on October 13, 20 26. A scrimmage, with MHSAA approval, may be played October 24, 202 6. 8. The first match cannot be held before November 2, 202 6. During the regular season, a match would consist to two sets of three -on- three bowlers (league style). A total of three points from each school will be totaled. The school with the most points wins . If there is a three game to three game tie, the schools could choose to count total pins for the tie breaker or choose to tie. The tie breaker should be decided before the mat ch begins. Regular season ends January 16, 2026. 9. Regional Tournaments must be c ompleted on or before Jan uary 22, 2 027. For a bowling team to be eligible to participate in a Regional Bowling Tournament, the team must have participated in at least six matches (half of the maximum allowed by the MHSAA) during the regular season. T he match cou ld be head -to-head or call in. 10. Regional Tournaments will be hosted by schools/bowling centers in North, Central and S outh locations. Schools may submit their bid letters to the MHSAA . 11. Eight teams per class (boys and girls) will qualify for State Tournaments. The top two teams in each class at Regional Tournaments, plus two “wildcard” teams – the next two top scoring teams within the class. 12. The State Championship Tournament is scheduled for January 27, January 28, January 29, 202 7. 13. A team for Regional Tournament consists of 8 players - 5 starters and 3 substitutes. Each team will bowl four games. At the end of the four -game series, the team with the highest pin total will be the Regional/State Champion and the team with the second highest pin total will be the Regional/State runner -up. If there is a tie between 1 st place/2 nd place or 2 nd /3 rd place, the teams will bowl a 9 th /10 th frame tie breaker. If there is still a tie, the 9 th /10 th frame tie breaker will be repeated until the tie is broken. 14. Beginning with the 2023 -24 school year, the Baker Series will not be utilized in the Regional or State bowling championships. 2025 - 2027 Bowling Schools List of bowling schools located on the MHSAA web site. Bowling Information Bowling questions can be directed to LeAnna Dawson of the MHSAA (601 -924- 6400, extension 515 ) ldawson@misshsaa.c om No later than five days prior to the Regional Tournament, schools must submit an Official Entry Form to the Host Site and the MHSAA. Teams qualifying for the State Tournament must submit an Eligibility Roster and an Official Entry Form to the MHSAA immediately after Regional T ournament. Athletes should be entered into DragonFly eligibility. Teams will conduct themselves according to MHSAA policies. Any violations will be subject to ejection and /or fines. 122 Bowling Regulations Calendar Practice Begins: October 13, 202 6; Scrimmage: October 24, 2026 First Game: November 2, 2026 Maximum Contest Season 14 matches A match may include more than two teams and/or “phone” opponents • Maximum 2 match es per week (Monday through end of school day on Friday) End of Season On or before January 16, 2027 Regional Tournament January 18-22, 2027 State Tournament January 27, 2027 (Class I), January 28, 2027 (Class I I), January 29, 2027 (Class III ) 1. Region Assignments • Teams not restricted to matches with schools in their Region/C lass • Teams do not have to bowl against all Region members during the regular season • Region assignments are for Regional Tournaments only 2. Regional Tournaments Hosted by schools/bowling centers in North, Central and S outh locations. Schools may submit bids to host tournaments. Regional Tournament entry fee: $100 per team (payable to host site) Number of Schools Qualifying for State = 8 per Class, Boys and Girls • Top two teams in each Class and region - 6 boys / 6 girls teams • Plus, two “wildcard” teams – the next two top scoring teams within the Class - 2 boys / 2 girls Format for Regional Tournaments will be same as State Tournament Format 3. State Tournament Site – Fannin Lanes State Tournament entry fee: $ 200 per team (payable to MHSAA, P.O. Box 127, Clinton, MS 390 60; or bring Purchase Order/Check to the tournament) . Questions: Contact LeAnna Dawson, 601- 924- 6400. 4. Eligibility - Clarifications Rules/regulations for eligibility are same as for all other MHS AA sanctioned sports/activities. Seventh and eighth graders may participate on high school teams . Their names must be entered into the high school DragonFly eligibility. There are no restrictions on the number of matches/games a student -athlete must complete in order to be eligible for regional/state tournaments . A student -athlete who does not bowl in the regional tournament, but whose school qualifies for state tournament, is still eligible to bowl in the state contest . 5. Dress Code - Clarifications Chino -styled slacks, ankle length, of any color or as long as all team members are dressed alike (Ex: all in khaki pants , all in black pants, etc.) Bowling shirts, collared shirts or t -shirts with school logo Team members must be dressed alike No shorts, skorts, skirt s, cargo pants or yoga pants/leggings 6. Tryouts Bowling teams shall have the option of selecting a team by holding tryouts on two weekdays after school in May or before practice begins in October. This is related to team selection only. It does not include organized practice after the team is selected. Organized practice dates will remain as noted on the MHSAA Sports Calendar. Schools must submit a “Request for Tryout” Form located in DragonFly Software. 123 Rules Governing Powerlifting 1. Refer to sports calendar on the MHSAA web site for starting and ending dates. 2. The maximum number of meets per week will be one. 3. The MHSAA powerlifting rulebook was adapted from the American Drug Free Powerlifting rulebook in 1993. The Powerlifting Rule Book is online, www.misshsaa.com . Be sures to check for new and updated rules/information. 4. There shall be s even boys and seven girls state championships: 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A , 7A . 5. Region championships will be held in Jan uary (dates can be found on the MHSAA website, www.misshsa.com .) The top three lifters in each weight class will advance to the North and South Championship to be held in March (dates can be found on the MHSAA website, www.misshaa.com .) The top three lifters in each weight class at the North and South championships will advance to State championship to be held April 2, 2027 (Girls) and April 3, 2027 (Boys). NOTE: Meet results from previous meets will be used to verify any conflict about team members. Ea ch team is allowed a maximum of 12 competitors spread throughout the range of the 12 -bodyweight categories. There must not be more than two competitors from any one team in any bodyweight category. 6. The host -school for each platform at the state meet will be the North champion or South champion in each classification depending on the even or odd year. Girls and boys will be opposite in the case that a school wins in both boys and girls. • Even years – South champion in boys will host North champion in girls will host Odd years – North champion in boys will host South champion in girls will host 7. Beads are now allowed to be worn in an athlete’s hair. 8. If a school is registered for powerlifting and does not participate in a District or Regional meet, that school will be charg ed the Entry Meet fee payable to the Host site/school and fined $500.00 by the MHSAA for not participating. 9. For the Region, North and South state meets, weigh -ins shall not be prior to 9:00 a.m. 10. The entry fees for region meets and North/ South meets are the same amounts as the state meet. Refer to DragonFly for Entry Form. 202 5-2027 Boys and Girls Powerlifting Regions Regions are located on the MHSAA web site. Powerlifting Information 1. Entry fees : NOTE: The host school will charge Regional : $350.00 (1 – 12 lifters) an additional $100.00 if that (host) s chool is not participating in the meet s for Regional, North, or or South. All Entry fees and forms are to to be sent to the host school for Regional, North , South. MHSAA receives State entry fees and forms . North/South : $150.00 (1 – 2 qualified lifters) $250.00 ( 3 – 5 qualified lifters) $350.00 ( 6 – 12 qualified lifters ) 2. Awards : North/South Meet – Team Trophies – 1 st & 2 nd place finishers (MHSAA provides) State Meet – Team Trophies – 1 st & 2 nd place finishers (MHSAA provides) Medallions – 1 st , 2 nd , & 3 rd place finishers (MHSAA provides) Weight Classes: 114, 123, 132, 148, 165, 181, 198, 220, 242, 275, 308, SHW Girls: 97, 105, 114, 123, 132, 148, 165, 181, 198, 220, 242, SHW The MHSAA Powerlifting computer program must be used at all meets. 124 Process for meet information: § All meet results will be emailed /sent to the next meet site, as well as, Erik Stensa as, coachstensaas115@gmail.com AND Perry Liles, perryliles5058@gmail.com . § Qualifying lifters for the North/South and State Meets will be posted on the MHSAA website. § No information will be mailed out for the State meet . Please use the forms and information in DragonFly . State entry fees and forms sent to : MHSAA , P O Box 127, Clinton, MS 39060 Powerlifting Championships **TENATATIVE SCHEDULE ** (See MHSAA website, www.misshsaa.com , for updates on schedule ) LOCATION: Mississippi Coliseum FORMAT: 7 Lift Meet TIME SCHEDULE: April 1 , 2027 – TENTATIVE TIME SCHEDULE All day: Girls set up platforms & warm up area Afternoon: Team Packets will be available for pick up (Gray Room, 1 st floor) Evening: Weigh -in for all girls ’ classes, 1A -7A Friday, April 2 , 20 27 (Girls) Order of Events: Doors open for Girls Platform & Warm up area set up Girls Team Packets will be available for pick up Morning Weigh -in for all Girls (1A -7A) Doors open for fans Opening Ceremony Session I Lifting (97 lb. – 148 lb.) Awards for Session I Girls Session II Lifting (165 lb. – 242+ lb.) Afternoon: Weigh -in for all Boys (Class 1A – 7A), Squat racks in lobby for rack heights Afternoon: Boys team packets will be available Awards for Session II & Team Awards Completion of Girls Competition: Boys set up Platforms & Warm up area Saturday, April 3 , 202 7 ( Boys ) Order of Events: Doors Open for Boys Platform & Warm up area set up Boys team packets will be available for pick up Morning: Weigh -in for all Boys (Class 1A – 7A) Doors open for fans Opening Ceremony Session I Lifting (114 lb. – 181 lb.) Awards Session I Session II Lifting (198 lb. – SHW) Awards Session II & Team Awards ENTRY FEES: $10 0.00 for 1 – 2 Lifters $200.00 for 3 – 5 Lifters $300.00 for 6– 12 Lifters NOTE: Qualifiers will be listed on the MHSAA website. No information will be mailed out for the state m eet – forms and information in DragonFl y and see MHSAA website, www.misshsaa.com . Girls SOUTH winner host s platform; Girls NORTH winner warm -up area Boys NORTH winner host s platform; Boys SOUTH winner warm -up area Elite 12 & Super 12 determined by total at state meet. Only the top lifters in each weight class (regardless of classification) will be recognized for these awards. QUESTIONS : Contact: Perry Lil es (662 -647- 7836), Erik Stensaas (601- 946- 9701), Tim Shramek (601- 924- 6400) 125 Rules Governing Te n n i s The maximum number of matches will be 20 head -to-head matches, including 2 tournaments. A tournament will count as one match. Region Winner and Runner -up for Individual events will be decided on or before the Region Tournament date (refer to the MHSAA sports calendar). Region Winner for Teams shall be determined by a round robin schedule on or before the end of the season (refer to the MHSAA sports calendar). After the first round , the team that has hosted fewer number of playoff rounds will be designated the home team. If both teams have hosted an equal number of playoff rounds , the host site will be determined by the LOWER number of the opponent’s Region. One member of a doubles team may be substituted between the Region and state tournament if the participant is sick or injured . The substitute must be a player who did not participate in the Region tournament. All playoff matches ( Region and up) are to be played on hard courts. Coaching : Coaching is allowed at any time during the match by the head coach and one designated assistant. Coaching must be done outside of the fenced area, not during a point, and not interfering with the match. The coach should not interfere with line calls or score of the match - these things should be settled by the players on the court. If help is needed, both coaches can get together and decide what is in the best interest of the players on the court. Coaching is permitted during the interval in which players change sides of court. Match Format: A Mississippi high school team tennis match consists of the following: #1 Boys Singles, #1 Girls Singles, #1 Boys Doubles, #2 Boys Doubles, #1 Girls Doubles, #2 Girls Doubles, Mixed Doubles. • There will be a 2-minute break between sets. A 3-minute break after split sets. 90 second break on change -over during the match. • In case of injury or sickness BEFORE the first point is played - a team may substitute a player that is NOT on the original roster. This person MUST be placed in the line -up where the sick or injured player was scheduled. • In case of injury or sickness DURING the match - there is a one -time 15- minute assessment a care allowed. After that all other time rules are enforced. • In case of split sets, a third set will consist of a super tiebreaker (first team to 10 points, win by 2 points). There is a 3- minute break between all sets in a team match. The service rotation by the players • Line ups must be exchanged at the same time and not altered after the exchange. • All matches should be played to their entirety. If a team must forfeit a match, the coach must give that information before the line up exchange. If a doubles match is forfeited, it must be the #2 doubles court. Division Team Play: Division team champions and runner s-up will be decided by a round robin ONE TIME match schedule among division teams. This is the division team champion. Division coaches should conference and make up this schedule before scheduling any other dates or matches with other teams. You may play as many matches with division teams as you wish, but you MUST DESIGNATE one of them as the division match on record. Tiebreak Procedure If Teams Have The Same Record: • Two team tie: Refer to Tie breaker Rule, 7.20, MHSAA Handbook, pages 66-67. • Three (or four) team tie: 1. Fewest total matches lost in those 3 team’s matches 2. (if still tied) Fewest total sets lost in those 3 team’s matches 3. (if still tied) Fewest total games lost in those 3 team’s matches 4. (if still tied) flip a coin Division Individual Play: The Individual division tournament consists of 5 separate flights. 1. Boys Singles 2. Girls Singles 3. Boys Doubles 4. Girls Doubles 5. Mixed Doubles 126 • The Champion and runner -up in each flight will be eligible to play in the state individual tournament. • It is the responsibility of the host coach of the division tournament to email or fax these eligible individuals immediately to the MHSAA office. • In case of split sets, a third set will consist of a Super Tiebreaker (first to 10 points, must win by 2 points). Team Play: Beginning with the 2023 -2024 school year, the top 4 teams from each classification will advance to the State Tournament. Team brackets for each classification are located on the MHSAA website. Individual Play: Beginning with the 2023 -2024 schoolyear, the Region Winner and Region Runner -up from each classification will qualify for the state individual tournament. Players (winner and runner -up) will be placed in bracket format. The bracket format will rotate eac h year. Regions are located on the MHSAA web site . MHSAA State Tennis Tournament (Includes Team Semi -Finals) Team & Individual : 4A, 6A, 7A , Oxford – April 19, 2027 (Team), April 20- 22, 2027(Individual) Team & Individual: Class I, 3A, 5 A,Vicksburg – April 19, 2027 (Team), April 2 0-22, 2027 (Individual) Entry Form can be found in DragonFly 1. Entry Fees: $20.00 per person, per event Team: $200.00 per team (one -time fee) or same as individual if you do not have a complete team. 2. Send fees and entries to: MHSAA P. O. Box 127 Clinton, MS 39060 Region Tournament Director must send in results immediately following the Region T ournament. All players and coaches will check in at tournament headquarters no later than one hour before their first match. Coaching is permitted as stated under the Rules Governing Tennis section of the Handbook. 127 Rules Governing Golf 1. Boy’s golf shall be divided into seven classifications: 7A, 6A, 5A, 4A, 3A, 2A, 1A . Girl’s golf shall be divided into five classes. : 7A, 6A, 5A, Class II ( 4A/3A), Class I (2A/1A) . The first match shall not be before August 10, 2026. 2. Golf tournaments shall determine team champions. 3. The Region and State tournaments shall be medal play. The Region tournament shall consist of at least 18 holes, and the State tournament shall consist of 36 holes. If rain interrupts play and the tournament cannot continue, scores shall be taken through the last complete nine finished. (9 -18- 27- 36) 4. It is recommended that all championships sites be 18- hole courses, Par 72, with a minimum of 6400 y ards for boys. 5. All golfers shall walk during the round(s) of play. A golfer shall carry his/her own clubs or use pull carts. Golfers shall not be allowed to use a caddy. 6. A coach or a member of the same team shall not accompany a player or teammate, or walk ahead of him, during the tournament match. For girls and boys golf , the head or assistant golf coach may coach a member of his team during the time the golfers go from tee to green during a competitive round. 7. It is recommended that no member of the same team shall play in the same threesome or foursome. 8. A boys ’ team consists of six players, and the top four scores are used to determine team standing. If a school does not have four players, they can only co mpete for individual honors. A girls’ team consists of five players and the top two scores are used to determine team standing. If a school does not have two players, the player can only compete for individual honors. 9. In the MHSAA Handbook , page 58, refer to Rules 7.6.1 and 7.6.2, regarding girls playing post season on a boys’ team. 10. In case there is a tie for a team championship, there shall be a playoff and the team with the best score after playing the individual awards shall be resolved by playing the number of holes until a tie is broken. 11. The Region tournament shall be held no later than October 9, 202 6, and the State tournament will be held October 19- 20, 2026 (Girls) and October 26- 27, 2026 (Boys). This will all ow girls to compete one week and the boys another week to enable coaches to be with their teams throughout the event. 12. The participating schools will be responsible to pay such green fees as assessed by the host course for the Region and State tournaments. 13. The first three finishers in each class will receive medallions. A team champion will be declared in each classification, and each champion will receive a trophy and medallions. 14. The maximum number of golf matches and or tournaments will be sixteen. The maximum number of matches played per school week (Monday – Friday) will be two. 15. Golf teams shall have the option of selecting a team by holding try -outs on three consecutive weekdays after school before the third week in May . This is related to team selection only. It does not include organized practice after the team is selected. Organized practice will remain as it is. 16. Qualifying scores for state tournament: a. Boys 5A -6A-7A: 345 Gir ls 7A: 2 00 b. Boys 4A -1A: 3 45 Girls 6A – Class I : 215 c. Girls Golf: The top 3 teams shooting qualifying scores advance to the state tournament. Boys Golf: 7A -5A classifications, the top 3 teams shooting qualifying scores advance to the state tournament. Classifications 4A-1A, the top 2 teams shooting qualifyin g scores advance to the state tournament. d. In boys and girls golf, the Region Tournament’s first and second place individuals advance to the state tournaments. The two lowest scores (for boys, the score must be 80 or below ), (for girls the score must be 99 or below) will be able to qualify other than the team qualifications. For girls only, each hole will have a triple bogey rule. If the hole is playe d out with a triple bogey, circle it. If the hole is not finished, circle the triple bogey and add a dot with it. This is to ensure whether it is a true score. 17. Range Finders will be permitted, provided the players in the group sha re them. a. United States Golf Association’s (USGA) rules shall prevail, except where modified by MHSAA and/or local course rules approved by the tournament director/committee. A course’s rules shall be clearly defined in writing to coaches and his/her golfers. In questionable situations involving the rules of play or the course, golfers shall abide by the decisions made by the local professional and his/her staff. 18. During the tournament, non -coaching spectators (parents, friends, and other golfers) shall be allowed on the course to observe golfers during play. The following rules shall apply to observers: a. Spectators shall be notified that they are spectators, and it is not their responsibility to report possible rule violations. b. Spectators shall always remain a reasonable distance (at least 50 yards) from golfers . c. After play has started, spectators shall not “coach or advise” players by having neither verbal nor visual communication with golfers or interfere with play in any way at any time. On course encouragement, support, applause, etc. is not considered coaching or advice; therefore, it is permissible. 128 d. On the first violation of this rule the individual golfer shall be accessed a two -stroke penalty, and the spectator shall be warned. Tournament officials shall disqualify the individual golfer if the coaching continues, and the spectator shall be removed from the course. 19. Golfers shall be required to adhere to proper sportsmanship while on the course. Unsportsmanlike conduct is defined as profane, vulgar and/or abusive language audible to others; carelessly and/or deliberately throwing clubs and/or slamming a club to the gr ound; verbalizing with intent of intimidation; or exhibiting behavior not in accordance with the spirit of fair play. Violation of this rule shall result in the following penalty structure: 20. First Offense – Warning 21. Second Offense – Two stroke penalty 22. Third Offense – Disqualification (Note: If a golfer is disqualified because of an unsportsmanlike act, the act shall be reported in writing to the MHSAA.) 23. If a golfer is disqualified during the round, his/her recorded score to that point shall be disregarded for team or individual honors. 24. In the state tournament, if a golfer is disqualified, he/she shall be allowed to participate in the other round of the tournament. • If disqualified in the first round, he/she may participate in the second round. • If disqualified in the second round, he/she may use his/her score from the first round. 25. The Executive Director shall secure possible sites for the boys’ and girls’ state golf tournaments and present them to the Executive Committee for selection. The boys’ and girls’ state hosts selected by the Executive Committee shall conduct golf tournament s. The rotation plan for conducting these tournaments shall be approved by the Executive Committee 26. Coaches will NOT be allowed to read greens . 202 5 - 2027 Golf Regions Regions located on the MHSAA web site , www.misshsaa.com . 129 Region Golf Tournament Report Form NOTE : Pleas e e-mail ( gfreeman@misshsaa.com) this completed report immediately upon completion of the Region tournament. Classification: Region_____ Boys____ Girls_____ School: Score School: Score Players Players Total Total School: Score School: Score Players Players Total Total School: Score School: Score Players Players Total Total Region Team Winner: Region Team Runner -up: (5A, 6A ,7A ) Region Team 3 rd Place: Region Team 4 th Place:__________________ Medalists: 1 st Place: School 2 nd Place:_________________________________ School Individual 3 rd Place School (if applicable) Individual 4 th Place School (if applicable) Signature: Host School: Coach’s cell number : 130 Rules Governing Track & Field 1. Track meets shall be held on a state level for all classifications ( 7A, 6A, 5A, 4A, 3A, 2A, 1A). There shall be a boys’ champion and a girls’ champion in each of the classifications, but there shall be no overall champion. 2. Meets leading up to the MHSAA State Track Meet shall consist of Region , Super Region and North/South State Meets. The top 4 participants and relays in each event shall qualify for the next meet. On the day following Di vision , Region and North/South Meets the meet directors shall forward by e -mail a Hy- Tek file with the top 4 advancers in each event to the next respective meet director or timing company. 3. Schools may enter three (3) contestants in individual track and field events and one (1) relay team in Region , Super Region, North/South and State meets. 4. All entries for regional meets will be done on -line. Only on -line entries will be accepted. Entry fees for regional meets may be mailed to the host school or brought to the meet. 5. All Region Meets will be finals by time, NO PRELIMINARIES ! Fully automatic timing devices must be used in all Region Meets. 6. Region, Super Region, North/South, and State track meets shall be scored according to the MHSAA Track & Field Meet Management Manual following the National Federation Track and Field Rule Book. 7. The National Federation Track and Field Rules shall be used to govern track and field events. Regardless of the number events in which a competitor has been entered, he/she may only participate in a total of four events (4 -2-2). These four events include field events and all running events including relays. 8. Schools that qualify for the Super Region and/or North/South meets must forwar d a MHSAA Meet Roster to their respective Super Region and/or North/South meet directors on the Monday following the Region and/or Super Region meets . All athlete s (including relay participants) must be included. This is mandatory! 9. Head coaches of all schools that qualify for the State Track & Field Meet are required to go the MHSAA website, www.misshsaa.com , log in to DragonFly and complete the MHSAA State Meet Roster Form by Tuesday midnight, the week of the state meet. Please bring a printed copy of this roster along with your entry fees to the state meet. T his is a requirement. 10. Super Region and North/South meets are NOT to start earlier than 10:00 a.m. The track season closes on the date of the state track meet and there will be no overall track meet. 11. The maximum number of track meets will be four teen. 12. Each year the girls and boys will alternate between running the 3200 Meter Run after the 200 Meter Dash or after the 4x800 Meter Relay in all regular season and qualifying (Region, Super Region, North/South and State Meets). In even years the girls will run after the 200 Meter Dash and in the odd years the boys will run after the 200 Meter Dash. Events: 100 Meter Dash, 200 Meter Dash , 400 Meter Dash, 800 Meter Run, 1600 Meter Run, 3200 Meter Run, Girls 100 Meter High Hurdles (33 in.), Boys 110 Meter High Hurdles (39 in.), Girls 300 Meter Low Hurdles (30 in.), Boys 300 Meter Intermediate Hurdles (36 in.), 4 x 100 Meter Relay, 4 x 200 M eter Relay, 4 x 400 Meter Relay, 4 x 800 Meter Relay, Long Jump, High Jump, Girls Shot, (1kg), Boys Shot (12lbs), Girls Discus (1kg), Boys Discus (1.6 kg) , Triple Jump, Pole Vault. MIDDLE SCHOOL TRACK AND FIELD CLASSIC : Monday, April 5, 2027 , Pearl High School Meet format an information: This meet is open to MHSAA 7 th & 8 th grade middle/junior high school athletes. ONLY athletes who have compete d in middle school/junior high races are eligible. Athletes who have competed on a varsity squad during the 2026 or 2027 season, are NOT eligible to participate in this meet. All middle school athletes who have met the minimum qualifying standards (see list of qualifying marks) are eligible. From the entries, the top 16 individuals and rel ay teams in each event will be selected to compete. Selections will be based on MS.MileSplit.com rankings. ONLY FULLY AUTOMATIC TIMES (FAT) WILL BE ACCEPTED. NO HAND TIMES WILL BE CONSIDERED. Athletes MUST represent their schools and be entered by the coach of their respective schools. NO UNATTACHED ATHLETES! An athlete may participate in a maximum of four (4) events, including relays. Each school may enter two athletes in each individual event and one team in each relay. Detailed meet information and qualify ing standard will be available for download at http://ms.milesplit.com/ in early February 20 27. Middle School Event s: 100 Meter Dash , 200 Meter Dash, 400 Meter Dash, 800 Meter Run, 1 600 Meter Run, 3200 Meter Run , Girls 100 Meter High Hurdles (30 in.), Boys 1 00 Meter High Hurdles (3 3 in,), 300 Meter Hurdles (30 in.), 4x100 Meter Relay, 4x200 Meter Relay, 4 x400 Meter Relay, 4x800 Meter Relay, Long Jump, High Jump, Girls Shot ( 6lbs ), Boys Shot (4 kg), Discus (1kg), Triple Jump, Pole Vault – order of events will be the same as high school. 131 Order of Events: Track Events Track Events Field Events 4 x 800 Meter Relay (girls) 400 Meter Dash ( boys ) Pole Vault (boys) 4 x 800 Meter Relay (boys) 3 00 Meter Low Hurdles ( girls ) Shot Put (boys)

The MHSAA will put a special emphasis on the 3200 Meter Run during the 2027 Track & Field season. An athlete must be able to run this race with some degree of effectiveness. Coaches should ensure that an athlete has the proper training and required fitness level before entering them in this event. During a 20 27 Track and Field Meet, any athlete that does not display a readiness to compete will be pulled off the track and not allowed to finish the race by the meet director or a designated meet official. This will include walking, stopping or running at a very sub -par pa ce. The following times can assist meet directors as to when to pull an athlete from a 3200m race. Gender Goal Time Complete 4 Laps By Complete 7 Laps By Girls 18:00 9:00 15:45 Boys 14:00 7:00 12:15 STATE MEET 3200 METER RUN QUALIFYING STANDARDS: To run in the state meet, athletes in the 3200- meter runs will have to finish in the top four (4) in their respective North/South Meets and have met the qualifying standard listed below during the current 20 27 season (times based on the 20 26 season 3200 meter run performance in each class): Class/Gender Time Class/Gender Time 7A Girls 12:55 7A Boys 10:30 6A Girls 15:10 6A Boys 11:30 5A Girls 15:20 5A Boys 11:45 4A Girls 15:00 4A Boys 11:40 3A Girls 15:25 3A Boys 12:20 2A Girls 18:00 2A Boys 13:05 1A Girls 18:00 1A Boys 14:00 MHSAA State Track & Field Meet Coaches Information Sheet • Scoring: 10 – 8 – 6 – 5 – 4 – 3 – 2 – 1 • ATHLETES ARE LIMITED TO FOUR EVENTS . EVENTS THAT AN ATHLETE QUALIFIES FOR IN THE STATE MEET COUNTS TOWARD THAT ATHLETE’S FOUR EVENTS, IF THEY COMPETE IN THAT EVENT OR NOT . • All participants must compete in a proper school issued uniform – ALL members of a relay team must wear identical uniforms . 133 • Top three in each event will receive medals. • Competitors competing in the vault must turn in a signed Pole Vault Confirmation Form to the Pole Vault Judge in order to compet e. Coaches must visit http://ms.milesplit.com/ and download the Pole Vault Confirmation Form – bring to the meet. • Coaches with a team(s) in the relays must turn in a Relay Entry Confirmation Sheet to the clerk of the course. Any changes made during the meet must be made on the confirmation sheet prior to the end of the meet. Go to the state meet information page found at http://ms.milesplit.com/ • Starting Blocks will be provided. Schools will not be allowed to use their own blocks . • Spikes: Only 1/8" or 3/16” pyramid , disk or hex- head spikes are allowed (NO PIN or CHRISTMAS TREE SPIKES)! Only the rear spikes in high jump shoes may be 1/4" . Athletes checking in with the clerk of the course with unapproved spikes will not be allowed to complete. At any time, athletes found competing with unapproved spikes, he/she will be disqualified! • Athletes will be given six (6) straight throws or jumps in the shot, discus, long jump and triple jump. • Starting heights for the pole vault: Boys 8’ & Girls 6’ Starting heights for the high jump : will be determined from entries. • Throwing implements must be weigh ted and approved. The weigh -in area will be located in front of the Pearl Track and Field fieldhouse located in the SW end of the track facility. Implements not approved will be impounded during competition. Implements may be picked up after the completion of the field events. All implements must be weighed in by 11:30 a.m . • MARKERS FOR STEPS AND RELAY EXCHANGES WILL BE FURNISHED . • The stands are designated for coaches and spectators only! Teams should bring a tarp and some type of shelter to setup in designated team areas. • Teams are not to set up tents or team camps on the sidewalks . Between the two sets of bleachers or in the south end of the facility . • All field events are contested inside the fenced area of the Pirate Track & Field Facility . NO ONE WILL BE ALLOWED INSIDE THE INFIELD FENCED AREA EXCEPT ATHLETES PARTICIPATING AT THE TIME . A coach’s box (bleachers) will be provided in the infield for coaches with participants in the shot, discus, high jump and pole vault. • The ONLY entrance onto the track for participants and coaches will be though the Clerk of the Course tent . • Athletes are to warm- up outside the infield fence; NO WARMUP WILL BE ALLOWED ON THE INFIELD! On the first call athletes are to report to the Clerk of the Course Pavilion (only entrance onto the track and infield area) . Athletes that do not report will be scratched. On the second call athletes will be released to report to the starting line or exchange zone areas. On the third call athletes will be released to move on to their assigned positions/lanes on the track. Athl etes are to move out of the infield -fenced area at the completion of their event. • Starting / Break Lines (color -coded): Blue : 110 Hurdles, 4 x 400; Green : 4 x 200, Break Line; White : 100, 200, 800, 1600, 3200, 100 Hurdles, 300 Hurdles, 4 x 800; Yellow : 400, 4 x 100 Relay: Black : Reverse 200 Start • Exchange Zones (color -coded): 30 Meters - 4x100 & 4x200 m Relays

3.1.1 Recruitment of students or attempted recruiting of students for athletic purposes, regardless of their residence, is a gross violation of the spirit and philosophy of these By -Laws and is expressly prohibited. 3.1.2 “Athletic recruiting” is defined as the use of undue influence and/or special inducement by anyone connected direct ly or indirectly with a M HSAA school in an attempt to encourage, induce, pressure, urge or entice a prospective student of any age to transfer to or retain a student at a school for the purpose of participating in interscholastic athletics. 3.1.3 Recruiting for athletic purposes is not only a violation by the student who has been recruited but is also a violation by the school and/or the school personnel who recruited the student. It is a violation to recruit for athletic purposes regardless of a student’s age or grade level. If proof is established that a school has secured an athlete under any of the conditions set forth in this section, the principal shall be required to appear before the Executive Committee and the Executive Director to answer the allegations against his/her school . The student(s) is automatically ineligible to participate in athletics /activities for at least one calendar year. 3.1.4 It is a violation of this rule for a student to receive or be offered remuneration or special inducement of any kind that is not made available to all applicants who apply to or enroll in the school. 3.1.5 A student transferring from one member school to another shall be ruled ineligible for one calendar year from the date of enrollment because of “undue influence” if any of the following situations exist : 1. It is determined that a coach, including non -faculty, of the receiving school coached an out - of-school t eam on which the athlete played within the past twelve (12) months. 2. It is determined that a coach, including non -faculty, at the receiving school acted as a private athletic instructor for the transferring athlete, regardless of whether the coach was paid for his/her services and/or expertise . 3. It is determined the transferring student played on an out -of-school team made up of a simple majority of students from the receiving school . 4. A student transfers to a new school within one calendar year of the relocation of his/her coach, including non -faculty, to that school. 3.1.6 Article 3.1.5 (1 -4) shall be enforced even in the event the student made a bona- fide move into the receiving school’s attendance zone. 33 3.1.7 Penalties for a school in violation of illegal recruiting of students include the following : 1. The school may be placed on probation and ruled ineligible for championship honors in the sport(s)/activity in which the violation occurred. 2. The school may be fined not to exceed $2,500 and billed for the cost of any investigation related to the violation. 3. The school shall be required to forfeit any contest(s) in which the student pa rticipated after the violation. 4. A student found to be recruited in violation of this rule shall be ineligible to participat e in athletics /activities at that school.

3.2.1 Evidence of undue influence or special inducement of a student or the parents or guard ians of a student by anyone con nected directly or in directly with a MHSAA school includes, but is not limited to offering or accepting any of the following: 1. Money or other valuable considerations such as free or reduced tuition during the regular school year and/or summer school . 2. Room, board, clothing, or f inancial allotment for clothing . 3. Work that is not performed or is in excess of the amount r egularly paid for such ser vice. 4. Employment or assistance in securing employment or contractual arrangement of any kind for which compensation may be paid for the parents/guardian in order to entice the parents/guardian to move to a certain community . 5. A residence . 6. Free or reduced rent for parents’ or student’s h ousing, vehicles or other items . 7. Cash or like items, such as credit cards, debit cards, gift card s, gift certificates or coupons . 8. Clothing , equipment, merchandise or oth er tangible items . 9. Loans or assistance in securing a loan of any kind . 10. Free transportation by any school connected person. 11. A privilege(s) not afforded to other students. 12. Payment for moving expenses of parent(s) or assisting parent(s) with a move . 13. Help in securing a college athletic scholarship . 14. Free admission to M HSAA interscholastic athletic events in which the school is participating wher e an admission is being charged . 15. Payment of fees to take the ACT and/or SAT examinations 16. Payment of fees to attend and participate in sports c amps as individual participants . 17. Any other privileges or consideration made to induce or influence the student to transfer from one school to another beca use of his/her athletic ability. 34

4.2 .1 Elective officers of the A ssociation shall be a President and a Vice -President who also shall serve as officers of the Executive Committee . 4.2.2 President: He/she shall be employed by a member school in any district in the state as a full -time licensed administrator . The Presidency shall rotate between the North (Districts 1 – 4) and the South (Districts 5 – 8) and must have served a full term on the MHSAA Executive Committee or the Legislative Council. Persons choosing to run for President of the Association shall submit a letter of interest to the Executive Director prior to the joint meeting of the Legislative Council and Executive Committee in February of the year in which the election will occur. At that meeting, candidates will be presented and given the opportunity to address the Legislative Council/Executive Committee. At the April meeting, t he President shall be elected by the Legislative Council and approved by the Executive Committee for a four -year term. 4.2.3 The process of electing the President will be: • A candidate must win by 51% of the Legislative Council • If no candidate wins by 51%, then the top two candidates will be in a run -off • Secret ballot will be done • District Secretaries will count the ballots 4.2.4 The duties of the President shall include the following : 1. Call and preside over meetings of the State High School Activities Association Executive Committee and Legislative Council . 2. Monitor the association’s finances and ensure that a semi -annual financial statement is made to the Legislative Council . 3. Assist the Executive Director in conducting the business of the Associ ation when called upon to do so . 4.2 .5 Vice- President : The Vice -President of the Association shall be elected from the Executive Committee and approved by the Legislative Council. The Vice -President must be from the same region (North/South) as the P resident. The term of the Vice -President shall expire with his/her term as a member of the Executive Committee or the term of the President, whichever comes first. 4.2 .6 The duties of the Vice -President shall include the following : 6 1. Preside over meetings of the Executive Committee and Legislative Council in the absen ce of the President . 2. Fill the unexpired term of the President should he/she cease to hold that positi on until a new election is held . 3. Approve minutes from previous Legislative Council and Executive Committee meetings.

4.9.1 A contest in which an ineligible player is allowed to participate shall be fo rfeited to the opposing school and any team and individual events/honors won shall also be forfeited. 4.9.2 If a team is required to forfeit a contest(s) in the state playoffs/state tournament, only the team awarded the forfeit in the most advanced round of play in the state playoffs/tournament shall be reinstated in the state playoffs/tournament. If a state champion ship is vacated, there will not be a state champion, and the runner -up will remain as the runner- up in that sport. 4.9.3 A team having to forfeit a contest(s) in the state playoffs for allowing an ineligible pl ayer and/or coach to participate shall be required to return the revenue received from gate receipts for participating in the forfeited contest(s) to the M HSAA. The statute of limitations for return of revenue shall be one calendar year from the date of the last contest forfeited. 4.10 VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES: The following penalties shall be imposed by the Executive Director or the Executive Committee for violation(s) of M HSAA Constitutional rules and By -laws: 4.10 .1 Participation of an ineligible student as the result of a falsified eligibility document(s) by school officials, the student, and/or the student’s parents: 1. The school may be placed on disciplinary or restrictive proba tion not to exceed one calendar year. 2. The school shall be fined $100 .00 per student/per contest/per sport if it self -reports the violation (not to exceed $500 .00 ). 3. The school shall be fined $500 .00 per student/per contest/per sport if the violation is reported by a source outside of t he school or discovered by the M HSAA staff (not to exceed $2,000 .00 ). 4. Any contest(s) in which the student participated shall be forfeited. 5. The student shall be suspended from the team/activity for a specific period. 6. In cases of conflicting, blemished, or illegible records, school officials shall be responsible for determining the validity of the records and, if necessary, producing the correct information. 41 7. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10 .2 Participation of ineligible student who is allowed to participate: (A school shall not continue to allow a student who has been declared ineligible to participate in any interscholastic contest.) 1. The school shall be placed on restrictive probat ion and declared ineligible for championship honors in the sport in which the violation occurred . 2. A school may be suspended from the association de pending upon the severity of the violation. 3. The school shall be fined $ 500.00 per student/per contest/per sport (not to exceed $3,000.00 ). 4. Any contest(s) in which the student participated shall be forfeited. 5. The player shall be ruled ineligible for a period not to exceed one calendar year. 6. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10.3 Participation of ineligible student due to negligence of school officials to adequately check rules, regulations, and re cord s: 1. The school shall be placed on disciplinary probation not to exceed one calendar year. 2. The school shall be fined $100.00 per student. 3. Any contest(s) in which the student participated shall be forfeited. 4. The player shall be ruled ineligible for a period not to exceed one calendar year. 5. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10 .4 Student participation in violation of transfer rule: 1. Upon becoming eligible, a student shall not be allowed to participate in the same number of contests/playing dates in the same sport in which he/she participated as an ineligible participant. 2.The remainder of the penalty is the same as for the use of an ineligible participant as outlined in 4.10.3. 4.10 .5 Student participation in violation of the scholastic rule: 1. When the student becomes eligible, he/she shall remain ineligible in the same sport for the same number of contests/playing dates that he/she participated as an ineligible participant . 2. The remainder of the penalty is the same as for the use of an ineligible player as outlined in 4.10.3. 42 4.10 .6 Student uses and/or participates under an assumed or fictitious name in a MHSAA contest : 1. The school shall be placed on disciplinary or restrictive probation not to exceed one calendar year. 2. The school shall be fined not to exceed $500 .00 . 3. The school shall be required to forfeit any contest(s) in which the student participated. 4. The student shall be suspended from all M HSAA sports for at least one calendar year. 5. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10.7 Participant ejected from a contest in a sport or activity for unsportsmanlike conduct: 1. Any student ejected for fighting or “flagrant” unsportsmanlike conduct (Example, but not limited to cursing an official, fan, etc.; spitting, obscene gestures ) shall be ineligible for the remainder of the football game plus up to two games ; or the remainder of the track meet; or the equivalent of up to four contests plus the fraction of the period that the participant was ejected in any other sport (4 games in basketball; 4 games in softball and baseball; 4 games in soccer , 4 games volleyball). 2. When applying the suspension rule, penalties shall be served during the team’s next previously scheduled and completed contest. If a previously scheduled game has been postponed or halted, that make -up game against the originally scheduled opponent shall count as a regularly scheduled contest. Games may not be added after the incident in order to fulfill the requirement of this rule. 3. If the ejection occurs in the last contest of the season, the student shall be ineligible for the same period of time as stated above in the next sport in which the student participates. 4. If the ejection occurs during playoffs, the suspension will be the remainder of the game the ejection occurred plus the next two games . 5. It is the responsibility of the local school authorities to ensure this regulation is enforced. 6. When an ineligible student is allowed to participate, the school could be fined or forfeit the . contest. 7. This regulation shall apply to all regular season and post season play. 8. Sportsmanship violations 5.2 may apply. 9. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10 .8 Student in violation of misconduct prior to, during, or immediately following an athletic contest or activity: 1. The school may be placed on disciplinary or restrictive probation. 2. The school may be fined not to exceed $500 .00 . 3. The student shall receive an official reprimand through the school. 43 4. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10 .9 Coach or director of activity ejected for unsportsmanlike conduct or violation of the standards for good sportsmanship established by the MHSAA by: 1. Making degrading/critical remarks about officials during or after a contest, either on the field of play, from the bench, or through any public news media. 2. Arguing with officials or going through motions indicating dislike/disdain for a decision. 3. Detaining the official following the contest to request a ruling or explanation of actions taken by the official. 4. The school shall notify the MHSAA no later than the end of the workday following the ejection. 5. The school shall be assessed a minimum of $300 .00 for the first ejection and one game suspension of the ejected coach. Full payment of a c oach ejection fine must be received within 14 days , paid by the school or district, or the coach will not be allowed to coach until full payment is received. 6. The school shall be fined $600.00 for the second ejection. 7. The school district shall suspend the coach following the second ejection for one game. 8. The school will be fined $500 .00 for failure to report a coach’s ejection. 9. An official who fails to report an ejection shall be suspended. 10. If a coach is banned from the contest, a responsible school official (certified school employee) shall direct and supervise the team for the remainder of the game. If no responsible school official is available, the contest shall be forfeited. 11. There shall be no appeal by coaches concerning judgment call s. Only rule violations can be appealed. 4.10.1 0 Spectator in violation of misconduct prior to, during, or immediately following an athletic contest: 1. The school may be placed on probation. 2. The school may be fined not to exceed $500 .00 . 3. The school may be prohibited from playing in a home and/or an away contest(s) with the spectator in attendance not to exceed one calendar year. 4. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10 .11 School involved in infractions inconsistent with wholesome competition or a wholesome athletic program or activities program , including sportsmanship violations: 44 1. The school may be placed on disciplinary or restrictive probation not to exceed one calendar year. 2. The school may be fined not to exceed $1, 500.00 . The offender may be reprimanded. 3. The offender may be placed on probation. 4. The school may be prohibited from playing home contests in a sport(s) not to exceed one calendar year. 5. The school may be suspended from participating in a sport(s) not to exceed one calendar year. 6. The school may be required to schedule a contest(s) without the presence of all spectators. 7. The school may be prohibited from playing in a home and/or away contest(s) with a certain spectator(s) in attendance for up to one year. 8. The school may be required to pay for the cost of any hearing and/or investigation connected with the violation. 9. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10 .12 School failing to report all mandatory information, forms and/or reports as required by the deadline date: 1. The school shall be fined $100.00 per sport for delinquent forms. 2. The school shall be fined $25 .00 per student/per contest/per sport for omitting an eligible player’s name on its online eligibility list if the violation is self -reported (not to exceed $100) and $50.00 per student/per contest/per sport if the violation is reported by a source outside of the school (not to exceed $200 .00 ) . 3. The school shall be fined $100 .00 for failu re to timely file its official M HSAA Enrollment Classification Report. 4. Other penalties may be imposed on the school and/or individual(s) to a degree in keeping with the severity of the violation. 4.10.

principal and head coach of both or all schools involved shall be responsible for filing a written report to the MHSAA describing the problems or misconduct that occurred in connection with 50 the event, including acts of a coach/sponsor and/or participant within 48 school working hours after the event. Contest officials involved shall be charged with the same responsibility. 5.2.2 Sportsmanship violations shall be reported to the Executive Director. 5.2.3 If the principal of the school charged with the violation and the alleged offender(s) are willing to accept responsibil ity for the allegations, and the other schools and/or parties involved concur, the Executive Director will render a summary sportsmanship ruling. An involved school and/or party who disagree with the Executive Director’s ruling may request that the alleged violation be referred to the Executive Committee. 5.2.4 After hearing and evaluating the reports of schools and/or involved parties, the Executive Director shall have the power to take such actions as he/she deems necessary, including suspension of the offending school(s) from membership in the association for one calendar year. Schools involved shall have the right to appeal this ruling to the Executive Commit tee. 5.2.5 In sportsmanship incidents involving spectator criminal misconduct, such as assaults on a school official(s) and/or a contest official, the offended school and/or contest official(s) are advised to consider pressing charges in a court of law against the of fender. If charges are not filed by the school, the school(s) shall be responsible for effectively addressing the unsportsmanlike incident. 5.2.6 Schools and/or individuals judged to be responsible for any sportsmanship violations may be penalized . 5.2.7 Possession, with or without a permit or other authority, of firearms or other dangerous weapons including, but not limited to, rifles, shotguns, pistols, revolvers, knives, nightsticks, or black -jacks or any look- alikes of these , or other such weapons are prohibited at athletic contests in which an MHSAA member school is a participant. Violation of this rule by a contest participant, coach, assis - tant coach, choir director, band director, fan, or other person affiliated with one of the participating schools shall subject the person and the school to disciplinary actions and penalties. If contest or other school officials discover the violation of this rule, they may suspend the start or the continuation of the contest until the person who is in violation of the rule has removed the firearm or other dangerous weapon from the contest are na. Authorized law enforcement officers attending any athletic contest or MHSAA activity are exempt from these provisions, provided the uniformed law enforce ment officer(s) are not coaches or otherwise participating in the contest.

5.8 .1. Refer to the MHSAA Sports Information Manual , which is considered Part II of the MHSAA Handbook . 5.8 .2 The MHSAA PASS is non -transferable; anyone who allows his/her card to be used illegally shall be denied use of his/her card for one calendar year from the date of misuse. 54 SECTION 6: SPORTS SEASONS

• Payments are due before the start of each event . • Media are advised to contact host school’s principal or athletic director at least 72 hours before the start of the event to make arrangements for livestreaming or radio coverage. Please take in to account all recommendations, guideline s and policies put in place by the host school. • For Playoff games, make check payable to the host school and present to the principal or athletic director. • For Championship games (radio only), make checks payable to MHSAA . NOTE: Any unauthorized broadcasts originating on the campus of the host school, including that of the school or any fans in attendance, may result in penalty fees from the MHSAAA and NFHS Network. This includes any form of streaming or live video, including (but not limited to) Facebook Live or other social media platforms, as well as video through any software service. 74 HISTORICAL NOTES Mississippi High School Activities Association, Inc., (as previously constituted) and its Predecessor Associations The Mississippi High School Literary and Athletic Association was the logical result of the desire of geographical regional groups to have some basis for intergroup contests. The schoolmasters’ clubs (now know n as regional units) have been in existence for nearly 40 years. They were perhaps originally planned as social and professional associations for school for men, with oratorical contests the principal student interest. Each of the older clubs not only did a worthwhile work in promoting a friendly and professional spirit among schoolmasters and in quickening the interest through contests of high school boys and girls in school life, but each has made valuable contribution s to the State Association. In this manner of development from group to State Association – the Mississippi High School Literary and Athletic Association was perhaps unique among similar state organizations. Beginning in 1919 at annual meetings of the Mississippi Education Association, attempts were made to coordinate these clubs into a state association. The clubs were jealous of their authority, and each was proud of its own peculiar development and traditions, and not until 1922 were all groups found willing to make individual sacrifices in order that a state association might come into existence. The State Association was formed in 1922. It d irected and controlled the interschool relations during the school year 1922 – 23, and in the spring of 1923 a literary and field meet was held in Jackson, and it was very successful. The membership of the original State Committee to whom much credit is due was as follows: J. S. Vandiver, Chairman L. B. Rei d C. E. Harris, Secretary N. C. Moncrief W. B. Kenna The organization as originally set up continued to function until 1939. The feeling that there was need for a change in the organization so as to give more continuity of thought in the legislative procedure, the Association began to assert itself in 1938. The Executive Committee of the Mississippi Education Association passed a resolution in 1938 calling upon the Executive Committee to revise its organization so as to give more stability to the legislative branch of the Association. In response to this r esolution, a committee was authorized to draft a formal Constitution and By -Laws for the government and direction of the Association; the same to be submitted to the Mississippi Education Association for final approval. This was a joint committee composed of one representative from each of the ten regions elected by the school men of the respective regions, and the State Committee. The following committee was elected: W. B. Kenna, General Chairman Regional Representatives Delta -Supt. F. C. Barnes, Drew Big Black – Supt. J. B. Edwards, Ackerman East Central – Supt. J. L. McCaskill, Meridian Gulf Coast – Supt. G. W. Ditto, Biloxi Middle Mississippi – Not represented 75 North Central – Supt. C. C. Holloman, Batesville North East – Supt. B. D. McCallister, West Point North West – Supt. J. F. Russum, Hernando South East – Supt. Herbert Ferrell, Taylorsville South West – Supt. D. C. Leach, Monticello State Committee Supt. E. S. Bowlus – Brookhaven Supt. R. S. Weems – Morton Coach E. W. Young – Ellisville Supt. W. B. Kenna - Lexington This committee met in February 1939, and drafted a proposed constitution, which was submitted to and adopted by the Mississippi Education Association in its regular meeting in March of the same year. The constitution was put into effect immediately after its adoption. The Mississippi High School Literary and Athletic Association did a worthwhile and constructive work in its efforts to elevate the standards of sportsmanship, to develop a higher standard of scholarship, and to encourage pride in scholastic achievement. M uch credit for these accomplishments is due to men who have given unselfishly of their time and effort on behalf of the program. Members of the state committees, state councils, regional committees and all other special committees, superintendents, principals, coaches, teachers, and students have shown a wonderful spirit of cooperation and good will. This has contributed much to the success of the Association. However, the expansion of the program of the State Association, and the development of parallel programs by other groups brought about many conflicts and much overlapping. The work had grown to such proportions that it was impossible for “part time men” t o do the work necessary for the administration of the program. It seemed to be the consensus of opinion that a reorganization of the Association was necessary so as to coordinate and integrate all interschool activities in such a way that the whole progra m could be administered through one office. It was also the definite conviction of all concerned that a full- time office with at least two full time workers would be necessary to successfully administer the new program. Studies were made by various committees and recommendations formulated. All agreed that reorganization was necessary and that a full- time office should be set up. The principal question was whether the new Association should be a subsidiary and a part of the Mississippi Education Association or an independent organization. After exhaustive studies had been made of prevailing practices in other states and of conditions in our state, it was finally a greed that it would be better to set up an independent association. It was pointed out that absolute harmony would always exist between the two associations, since those interested in one would also be interested in the other. A Constitution Committee headed by C. S. McGivaren was appointed. This committee spent much time on the project and finally drafted a constitution that was acceptable to all groups. This constitution was submitted to the various district meetings in the fall of 1948 and was overwhelmingly approved by representatives of member schools. It was also approved by the Delegate Assembly of the Mississippi Education Association in the spring of 1949. On May 7, 1949, the Legislative Body of the Mississippi High School Literary and Athletic Association held its last meeting. At this meeting the new organization with its Constitution was finally approved and the “Old Organization” ordered liquidated as of July 1, 1949. 76 Thus, the Mississippi High School Literary and Athletic Association ceased to exist, and the Mississippi High School Association came into being as its successor. On June 29, 1949, the governing body of the new Association approved the Constitution and By -Laws and set up the machinery for the new organization, which started July 1. The State Council had at a previous meeting elected the following as the first State Committee of the new Association: C. L. Milling – Ruleville L. W. Tanner - Moss Point W. P. Daniel – New Albany W. B. Dribben – Benoit S. M. Crain – Clinton The State Executive Committee elected W. B. Kenna, Lexington, as the Director of Activities of the Mississippi High School Association. This completed the reorganization plans, and all committees were finally discharged. On January 6, 1950, Article I of the Constitution of the Mississippi High School Association was amended to read as follows: The name of the organization is the Mississippi High School Activities Association. This organization was duly incorporated under the laws of the State of Mississippi on December 19, 1956. MAGNOLIA STATE HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATION In the mid 1950’s high school educators from throughout the state realized a need for an organization to give guidance to the schools’ extra -curricular programs. The first attempt to perfect an organization was presented to the delegate assembly of the Mississippi Teachers Association (MTA). A committee was appointed to study Constitutions and By -Laws of other Activities Associations and to draw up a proposed constitution. A proposed Constitution was presented to the next delegate assembly of MTA. The delegates voted to authorize the Principals’ Association to organize an Activities Association. In 1960, the Principals’ Association appointed E. S. Bishop as Coordinator. Study Chairmen of the eight educational districts were appointed to serve as the legislative body until the districts could elect this body. This body elected an Executive Commit tee, approved a Constitution and By -Laws and caused plans to be implemented for the operation of the Association. D. M. Smith served as president of the Association from May 1966 through May 1968, and W. L. Slaughter served as president from June 1968 through February 7, 1971. H. T. Drake served as Director f Activities from July 1, 1966, through February 7, 1971. On February 8, 1971, the Magnolia State High School Activities Association and the Mississippi High School Activities Association, Inc. were merged to form the new Mississippi High School Activities Association, Incorporated. 77 MERGER OF FORMER ASSOCIATIONS TO FORM THE EXISTING ASSOCIATION On September 10, 1969, the Magnolia State High School Activities Association filed suit in United States District Court seeking a merger with the Mississippi High School Activities Association, Inc., and on August 13, 1970, the two Associations were ordere d to merge. The merger was effectuated on February 8, 1971. By order entered on February 3, 1971, the Court approved and adopted a Merger Plan which, by the terms of the order, became effective on February 8, 1971. The Merger Plan contained certain new matter dealing with the transition of the two separate Associa tions into a new Merged Association, and also contained certain new Constitution and By -Law provisions, but it provided that the Constitution and By - Laws of the Mississippi High School Activities Association, Incorporated (as previously constituted), as th ey appeared in that Association's 1969 – 1970 Handbook, should remain in full force and effect as the Constitution and By -Laws of the Merged Association, except where they were in conflict with the Merger Plan. Therefore, for the sake of brevity and clarity in this Handbook, rather than setting out here in the verbatim Merger Plan which makes numerous references to the 1969 – 1970 Handbook of the Mississippi High School Activities Association, Incorporated (as pr eviously constituted), only the pertinent transitional provisions of the Merger Plan (Articles I -VI) are set forth verbatim herein, with the other new provisions of the Merger Plan being simply incorporated in the Constitution, By -Laws and general information which follow. EXECUTIVE SECRETARIES AND DIRECTORS OF ACTIVITIES W. B. “Bill” Kenna, Superintendent of Lexington Schools, was elected as the first full -time secretary on July 1, 1949. He served in this capacity until June 30, 1958. On January 6, 1950, the name of the organization became Mississippi High School Activi ties Association. The organization was duly incorporated under the laws of the State of Mississippi on December 19, 1956. W. D. “Webb” Allen, Superintendent of Schools at Tupelo, was elected as the replacement and began work on July 1, 1958, retiring on June 30, 1968. The organization continued to get stronger, and the Officials’ Association became a part of the Association with a full -time Supervisor of Officials. M. P “Dick” Smith, Superintendent of Picayune, began serving the organization on July 1, 1968. Having previously served as state president of the Association for five years; he brought unique experience to the growth of the Association. He guided the Association through the Federal Court cases and implemented the court ordered merger plan. He is credited with effectively creating a smooth transition which led to continued g rowth of the new Association. He retired on June 1, 1979. H. T. Drake, Principal of the Rosa Scott High School at Madison, was elected full time Director of the Magnolia Association on July 1, 1966. He served in this capacity until February 8, 1971, when he was elected Assistant Director of Activities of the new Mississippi High School Activities Association, Incorporated. He was instrumental in the merging of the two Associations and in helping the new organization to grow strong. 78 Woodrow L. Marsh, Superintendent of Schools at Cleveland, began his term in office on July 1, 1979. He had previously served on the Legislative Council for nine years. During his tenure, state championships in football, girls’ softball, and soccer were organized. The schools’ classification was changed from four to five classes. Divisions were developed in all sports and the number one and number two team advances in the state playoffs. Seeing a real need for additional office space, he led in the purchase of land, planning, financing and supervising the construction of the new office building at 1201 Clinton -Raymond Road in Clinton. He retired June 30, 1991, after serving forty -three years in the field of education in Mississippi. Ennis H. Proctor, Ed.D., Principal of Forest Hill High School, began his t erm of office on July 1, 1991, and retired June 30, 201 1. Under Dr. Proctor’s leadership the MHSAA greatly expanded opportunities for secondary students to be actively involved in their schools. He established a corporate sponsorship program that helped the Association to become financially stable. Dr. Proctor also formed the scholar athlete scholarship program to encourage students academically, and he paid off the existing structure and expanded the headquarter building. Don Hinton began his term of office on July 1, 2011, and served as the sixth executive Director of the MHSAA. Mr. Hinton served seven years on the MHSAA executive committee prior to becoming executive director elect in July 2010. Mr. Hinton also helped implement and coordinate the Star Sportsmanship program for two years. He has 30 years in education that incl ude serving as a teacher, principal, assistant principal, athletic director, head and assistant coach. Rickey Neaves became the seventh MHSAA Executive Director on January 1, 2021, after serving as MHSAA Associate Director of Athletics from 2011 to December 30, 2020. Mr. Neaves has 32 years in education including his last 15 years as a principal and superintendent with Booneville Public Schools. He also worked 17 years as a teache r, coach, athletic director and assistant principal for Lee County Schools. MERGER PLAN OF MAGNOLIA STATE HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATION AND MISSISSIPPI HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATION, INC. Magnolia State High School Activities (hereinafter referred to as the “Magnolia Association”) and its member schools, shall be merged in accordance with this Plan into one high school activities association, so that upon such merger taking effect there sha ll be only one high school activities association in the State of Mississippi, to be known as Mississippi High School Activities Association, Inc . (hereinafter referred to as the “Merged Association”). ORGANIZATION The Mississippi Association exists and is operating as a nonprofit corporation, it having been incorporated under the nonprofit corporation laws of the State of Mississippi. The Magnolia Association is an unincorporated association. Upon the merger being effectuated, the Magnolia Association and the Mississippi Association shall cease to exist. However, the Merged Association, although a wholly new association, shall exist and operate under the same Articles of Incorporation under which the Mississippi Association is now operating. 79 II. MEMBERSHIP All schools which are currently members in good standing of either the Mississippi Association or the Magnolia Association and which are eligible for membership under the Constitution and By -Laws of the Merged Association as hereinafter set forth shall aut omatically become members of the Merged Association. III. MERGER OF ASSETS All assets of the Mississippi Association and the Magnolia Association including all funds, bank accounts, records, books, office furniture, equipment, automobiles and all other property, real and personal, shall be transferred and delivered to the Executi ve Director of the Merged Association and shall become property of the Merged Association. IV. AMINISTRATORS AND OTHER EMPLOYEES A. The Merged Association shall retain the services of M. P. Smith (the present Executive Director of the Mississippi Association) as its Executive Director, and the services of H. T. Drake (the present Executive Director of the Magnolia Association) as its A ssistant Executive Director, for the balance of their respective contracts, and their respective salaries shall be fixed commensurate to the salaries which they were receiving on May 7, 1970; provided, however, that their salaries thus fixed shall not be lower than the salaries which they were receiving on the aforesaid date. The administrative staff and other employees shall be employed free from racial discrimination. B. For a period of at least three years the Executive Director and the Assistant Executive Director shall not be of the same race. C. The Executive Director and Assistant Executive Director shall be given discretion in the hiring of their secretaries. D. Alphonse Marks shall be employed to serve as Assistant Supervisor of Officials for the 1970 – 71 school year, and he shall be compensated as follows: a minimum of $15.00 per assignment and 10¢ per mile for travel per assignment. V. INITIAL ELECTIONS OF STATE COUNCIL, EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, PRESIDENT, ADVISORY COMMITTEES AND DISTRICT OFFICERS As soon as practicable after the merger has become effective, all members of the State Council, all members of the Executive Committee, the President of the Merged Association, all members of the Advisory Committees and all the District Officers and Committeemen shall be elected as provided in the Constitution of the Merged Association. The first year of the term of offices of each person so elected shall end on June 30, 1971. For the initial election of members of the State Council of the Merged Association, the Executive Directors of the two merging associations using current school enrollments and the map appearing on page seven 80 (7) of the Mississippi Association’s 1969 -70 Handbook, shall determine the number and classification of schools eligible for membership in the new association in each of the eight districts of the state. VI. ATHLETIC OFFICIALS A. Each of the Officials Districts and each local official ’s group shall elect a secretary and an assistant secretary, one of whom shall be white and the other black, and the secretary and assistant secretary shall work together in making game assignments. B. Athletic officials presently certified by either the Magnolia Association or the Mississippi Association shall be certified by the Merged Association. 81 2026-2027 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE Chad Harrison , President (20 29) TBD (20 27) Scott County School District 100 E. First Street Forest, MS 39074 Phone: 601- 469- 3861 Phil Webb, Superintendent (20 30) Will Parker, Assistant Superintendent (20 27) Pontotoc City Schoo ls Jones County School District

Bracket #1 #8 #9 #4 #5 #3 #6 #7 #2 105 Rules Go verning Swimming 1. National Federation Rules will be used. 2. Refer to the sports calendar for swim meet dates. 3. A participant may enter two individual events and two relays. 4. Medallions will be given to the first, second, and third place finishers. A team trophy will be awarded to the winner and runner -up. 5. A school may enter one meet per week. 6. There shall be six state championships – O ne each for girls Class I , Class II , Class III: O ne each for boys Class I, Class II , Cl ass III. To advance to the State Meet, individuals must qualify in the North/South meet. Regular Season Practice shall begin on July 20 , 20 26; the first regular season meet shall not be scheduled prior to August 3, 2026. 20 25- 2027 Swimming Regions Regions can be found on the MHSAA web site. North/South Swim Meets NO RTH STATE (October 3 , 20 26) - C leveland Central High School (Host), held at Delta State University, Jonathan Haynes , jonhaynes51@gmail.com , 662 -721- 2238. SO UTH STATE CLASS III (October 3 , 202 6) - Biloxi High School (Host), held at Biloxi Natatorium, 1384 Father Ryan Avenue, Biloxi, MS. Contact: Jeena Brunn, jeennabrunn@biloxischools.net , 228- 239- 0598. SO UTH STATE CLASS I & II (October 3, 2026 ) – West Jones High School (Host), held at Laurel Natatorium, 4978 Highway 84 N, Laurel, MS. 39440. Contact: Lyndie Lyon, w.j.swim@hotmailcom , 601 -335- 3151. Ti me: TBA Fees: $ 10.00 per participant • National Federation Rules will apply for all events • To qualify for North / South state meets, participants must meet qualifying times below in regular season meet. • To qualify for the State Meet, individuals must qualify in the North/South mee t • A competitor shall be permitted to enter a maximum of four events, no more than two of which may be individual events. • Each team shall be allowed to enter as many swimmers per event under the standard and one relay per team. • Class I Boys & Girls Championships / Class II Boys & Girls Championships / Class III Boys & Girls Championships. • Fastest 6 from North Half, fastest 6 from Sou th Half, plus the next fastest 4 from either meet will advance to State Meet . • On ly the top 4 swimmers from each team are a llowed to advance in each event. • The top 8 will score. Only 4 swimmers from each team and one relay are allowed to score in each event. NOTE: The Swim Committee recommended and received approval for changes in qualifying times for North/South Meets , effective as of the 2015- 2016 Season. They are included in this section of the Manual. Pa rticipants must meet qualifying times to compete in North / South State (see N/S Swim Meet ). Qualifying times differ for Class I , Class II, and Class III. 106 Sta te Swim Meet For State Meet: Date: Class III - October 16, 202 6; Class I & Class II - October 17, 2026 Site: Tupelo Aquatic Center Host: Tupelo High School Contact: Josh Daniel, jjdaniel@tupeloschools.com, 573 -275- 5910 • National Federation Rules will apply for all events . • To advance to the State Meet, competitors must qualify in the North/South Meet. The fastest six from the North Half and fastest six from the South Half, plus the next fastest four from either meet, will advance to the State Meet. • A competitor shall be permitted to enter a maximum of four events, no more than two of which may be individual events. • Each team shall be permitted a maximum of four entries in an individual event and one team in a relay event. • There will be a boys and girls state champion in Class I (1A -4A), Class II ( 5A-6A) , and Class III (7A). • The first, second and third places in individual events and relays will receive medallions. • The state team champions will receive a trophy. • The entry fee is $10.00 per participant. Checks should be payable to: Josh Daniel , Tupelo High School, 4125 Golden Wave Drive, Tupelo ., MS 38801 , 573- 275- 5910. Entry forms must be received by deadline date TBA . • This will be a prelim final meet. • The meet for each Class will run on opposite ends of the pool at the same time during prelims. • Top 8 will make it back to finals. • Class I and Class II meets will be run on the same end of the pool alternating classes by events in finals. • We will award medals after each event. • Prelim warm -ups will start at TBA. Competition will begin at TBA • Finals warm -ups will begin 3 hours after conclusion of morning prelims. • Competitors must make the qualifying time to score at the meet. • Will score top 8. Only 4 swimmers from each team are allowed to score in each event STATE MEET – Host: Tupelo High School , Tupelo Aquatic Center There will be a boys and girls state champion in Class I , Class II and Class III. 107 2025 -2027 Swim Qualifying Times QUALIFYING TIMES FOR 2026 -2027 NORTH/SOUTH STATE Girls Boys Class III Class I & II Events Class I & II Class III 2:28.23 2:36.82 200 Medley Relay 2:29.50 2:18.15 2:33.89 2:49.30 200 Freestyle 2:48.04 2:24.49 2:53.19 3:26.18 200 Individual Medley 3:04.69 2:41.85 32.25 36.65 50 Freestyle 33.70 28.65 1:17.69 1:40.44 100 Butterfly 1:35.18 1:12.19 1:11.39 1:23:16 100 Freestyle 1:17.08 1:04.63 6:51.79 7:34.93 500 Freestyle 7:30.59 6:29.49 2:13.00 2:44.71 200 Freestyle Relay 2:25.88 1:54.60 1:18.29 1:34.60 100 Backstroke 1:33.59 1:13.59 1:29.39 1:46.60 100 Breaststroke 1:39.63 1:22.59 4:45.56 5:25.91 400 Freestyle Relay 4:55.37 4:18.52 108 Rules Governing Volleyball 1. The maximum number of matches played shall be 2 4 playing dates including 4 tournaments on weekends only. A scrimmage may be played one week before the start of the season and does not count as a playing date. (A tri -match will be considered two playing dates or one tournament. A tournament will be considered four or more teams . A two - day tournament shall be two playing dates. ) The maximum number of matches played per school week (Monday through the end of school day Friday) will be two. Junior Varsity or 9 th grade teams may play 18 playing dates plus two tournaments. Junior High teams may play 12 playing dates plus two tournaments. Any extra contest must be approved through the MHSAA office. A volleyball scrimmage/jamboree will consist of 2 or more teams . Each school will play 2 teams the best 2 out of 3 sets to 25. If needed, a third set will be played to 15. Beginning with the 2021 volleyball season, scorekeepers and line judges must be over the age of 18 for all varsity regional contests and all playoff contests. 2. National Federation rules will be used. 3. Seven state championships will be held for volleyball : 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A , 7A. 4. Any interschool practice or scrimmage will count as a game played. 5. The principal of each host school must notify the Executive Director when and where all tournament, conference, or region games will be played. After deducting fees for officials, the Association shall receive 15 percent of the gross gate receipts from all special games not on the regular schedule. The host school will be responsible for collecting and remitting the Association’s share of the proceeds. If the amount due the Association is not remitted within ten school days from the date the game(s) were played, the amount due the Association shall be doubled. 6. The length of the match as prescribed in the Volleyball Rule Book. 7. Four teams from each Region shall advance to the first rounds of the playoffs. 8. The state of Mississippi waives the requirement for teams to switch ends at the end of each set. 9. Pep Bands will be allowed during the regular season only . Region winners will be decided by a Region Tournament unless all schools in the Region agree to play a round robin schedule. At each site a player will be limited to five games on the varsity and JV teams. For example, a player may play 3 matches on the varsity team and 2 matches on the JV team. 202 5 – 2027 Volleyball Regions Regions can be found on the MHSAA web site. Program Information for Volleyball Championships Please make sure complete , updated roster inform ation (including height, grade, position and jersey number) is available on the roster in DragonFly when you qualify for the playoffs. An awards ceremony will be held following each championship game. Trophies, MVP, and a maximum of 30 medallions will be presented to coaches, players, managers and statisticians. Additional medallions may be purchased at $5.00 each from the MHSAA. Rules Governing Cross Country 1. The length of the course shall be 5,000 meters or 3.11 miles for boys and girls . The National Federation Rules for Cross Country will be used as the official rules. 2. Allow schools to enter up to seven (7) runners. Changes to a school’s original entries may be made online at http://ms.milesplit.com/ until 11:59 a.m. Monday the week of the state meet. Changes that need to be made after this date should be emailed to Woody Barnet t, wbarnett@misshsaa.com . There will be no MASS changes on the day of the state meet. 3. The first three finishers in each class will receive medals. The top 14 finishers in each class will be named ALL STATE and receive medallions. A team champion will be declared in each classification with each team champion and runner up in each class receiving trophies. Separate winners (boys and girls) will be declared in the State Cross Country Meet. 109 4. Teams will have to meet a qualifying standard in each class to qualify for the State Meet. Individual runners, whose team does not qualify for the State Meet will also have to meet a qualifying standard time in their class to qualify for the State Meet. Refer to State Meet Qualifications. 5. There will be no state records because courses will differ, but there will be course records. 6. The starting time of the Cross Country State Meet shall start no earlier than 1 0:00 a.m. 7. A team may have a maximum of seven (7) or a minimum of five (5) runners. All seven runners count in the place that they finish, but only the first five will count in the team’s score. Low score wins. If there is a tie, the team with the highest finishin g sixth place finisher will be awarded the higher place. 8. The maximum number of cross country meets run will be eleven. 9. Starting boxes for the state meet will be selected by team’s top 5 averages during the current season. 10. The state meet will be contested over a two -day period ( Thursday & Saturday) with classes 1A-2A-3A competing on Thursday and 4A-5A-6A-7A competing on Saturday. 2025 - 2027 Cross Country Regions Regions can be found on the MHSAA web site. 202 6 State Cross Country Meet Information DATE: October 29, 202 6 & October 31, 2026 SITE: Mississippi College Choctaw Trails/ Watson Cross Country Course Thurs day, October 29, 20 26 10:00 3A Girls 11:20 2A Girls 12: 40 1A Girls 10:35 3A Boys 11:55 2A Boys 1: 15 1A Boys 11:15 3A Awards Ceremony 12:35 2A Awards Ceremony 1:55 1A Awards Ceremony Satur day, October 31, 2026 10:00 7A Girls 11:55 6A Boys 1 :55 5A Awards Ceremony 10:35 7A Boys 12: 35 6A Awards Ceremony 2:00 4A Girls 11:15 7 A Awards Ceremony 12: 40 5A Girls 2:35 4A Boys 11:20 6A Girls 1 :15 5A Boys 3:15 4A Awards Ceremony Runners are to report to the starting line twenty (20) minutes before the start of each race. ENTRIES INFO: A team will consist of a minimum of five runners and a maximum of seven. A school may enter fewer than five runners to compete as individuals. A school may enter up to seven (7) runners. Changes to a school’s original entries may be made online at MS.MileSplit.com until 11:59 p.m. (midnight) Monday, October 26. Any changes that need to me made after this date should be emailed to Woody Bar nett, wbarnet t@misshsaa.com . There will be no mass changes on the day of the meet . STATE MEET QULIFICATION : Teams will have to meet a qualifying standard in each class to qualify for the State Meet. Individual runners whose team does not qualify for the State Meet will also have to meet a qualifying standard time in their class to qualify for the State Meet. 1. The top 80% of teams that are competing during the 202 6 season in each class (based on MS.Milesplit top 5 average for the season) will qualify for the state meet. Deadline to qualify is Saturday, October 2 5 (Note: Results of meets run on this date must be posted and formatted on MileSplit by 6:00 p.m. that evening!). A team must run in a minimum of three meets during the season to be eligible to qualify to run in the state meet. 2. The top 25 individuals in each class (based on MS.MileSplit ranking for the season) whose teams do not qualify for the state meet and meet the time standards below for each class will qualify to run in the state meet. Class Boy s Girls Class Boys Girls 7A 19:05 2 3:30 3A 22:10 28:20 6A 20:55 27:00 2A 23:40 28:50 5A 21:40 26:55 1A 23:10 29:20 4A 21:30 27:30 3. Qualifying teams and individuals will be posted on http://ms.misesplit.com by noon,, Monday October 26. ENTRY METHOD: All entries will be done online at http://ms.milesplit.com/ . T o enter your team: (1) Go to http://ms.milesplit.com/ , (2) on the home page click Calendar , (3) on the MileSplit Calendar p age scroll down to November 2026 and click on the correct MHSAA State Cross Country Championships Meet (4) on the MHSAA State Cross Country Championships page click the green Enter Online Now tab and follow instructions. IMPORTANT: BEFORE REGISTERING YOUR TEAM YOU MUST BE REGISTER ED FOR A MILESPLIT ACCOUNT AND HAVE 110 CLAIM ED YOUR TEAM!!! For help with online registration and/or claiming your team , go to https://support.milesplit.com/s/online -registration . Entries Open: Monday, September 2 1, 20 26 Entries Close: Midnight, Saturday, October 24, 202 6 Coaches are urged to print an entry confirmation after entering their team(s) and bring with them to the state meet. Schools will be charged $25.00 for each day they are late making their on -line entries after the entry deadline ! ENTRY FEES : $10.00 per runner with a maximum of $70.00 per team ( boys’ and girls’ teams are separate ). Entry fees may be mailed or brought to the state meet. Make checks payable to MHSAA . Mail entry fees to: MHSAA, P.O. Box 127, Clinton, MS 39060. MEET ADMISSION: $10.00 (All Day Pass, no re -entry) MEET REGISTRATION: 1. Check in at the meet center and pickup team packet and pay any outstanding entry fees. 2. Enclosed in your team packet : Team rosters, c ompetitor bib numbers , course maps, Starting Box Assignment Sheet, timing chips, zip ties & safety pins. 3. Make any necessary roster changes. Mass changes will not be allowed ! 4. Coaches will be required to sign for the pickup and return of their packets, with collected chips . CHIP INSTRUCTIONS: Each athlete will have an assigned competitor bib number with a corresponding numbered timing chip(s). Each athlete will be required to have their assigned number pinned on the front of their jersey to compete! Athletes must SECURELY attach their assigned chip(s) to their shoelaces with the supplied zip ties! Chips properly attached will not come off during competition! Chips must be worn: No chip – No time or place! RESULTS: FinishLynx, IPICO C hip Timing & Hy -Tek will be used for timing and results. COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Course consists to two loops and is grass - spikes can be used if desired. All races are 5000 meters! Pace clocks will be set up or splits will be called at the mile and 2- mile marks. The course layout will be posted at http://misshsaa.com/ and http://ms.milesplit.com/. CHIP COLLECTION : The coach of each team will be responsible for the removal and collection of each of their athletes’ timing chips used during each race. SCHOOL S WILL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THEIR OWN WIRE SNIPS TO REMOVE THE TIMNG CHIPS FROM THEIR ATHLETES’ SHOES. CHIP & TEAM PACKET RETURN: All timing ch ips used during com petition and any unused timing chips, bib numbers, zip ties or safety pins should be placed in your team packet and returne d to MHSAA personnel at the meet center prior to leaving the meet. Coaches are ultimately responsible for the return of all chips signed for and issued to their team for the competition. After the meet timing chips will be inventoried and schools will be charged $30.00 for EACH unreturned or lost chip! CLEAN UP: Please keep area clean by placing all trash in cans and trash bags provided at meet check in. UNIFORM: All athletes on a team must wear the SAME school approved uniform . RESULTS: Live results and team scores on mobile devices at http://live.piratetiming.com/ , during the meet. Complete results will be posted at http://misshsaa.com/ and http:/ms.miles plit.com/ the evening of the state meet.

2.14.1 A foreign exchange stude nt participating in an established program accepted by the Council of Standards for International Education Travel (CSIET) shall be immediately eligible to participate in MHSAA sanctioned sports/activities in the school district in which the host family is a bona fide resident. Eligibility is granted for one year provided there is no evidence of recruitment of the student by the school or another entity . 2.14.2 A Mississippi student who has established eligibility at a Mississippi school and participates in a Foreign Exchange Program sponsored by a CSIET approved program will be eligible for participation immediately upon his/her return to the same Mississippi school. The student shall meet all other requirements for eligibility of the MHSAA.

4.2.1 With the exception of the illegal recruiting rule, the time limit for complaints or action(s) on rules violations shall be one year from the date of the infraction. Any school, student, or person guilty of illegally recruiting students may be subject to penalty for the duration of that student -athlete’s enrollment in that school. Example : If an investigation verifies that a student in his junior year attended the school in his freshman year as a result of undue influence, the school and student are subject to a penalty in keeping with the seriousness of the violation.